07 Sawargaon

1
OFFICIAL USE
ºÉiªÉ¨Éä´É VÉªÉiÉä
GOVERNMENT OF MAHARASHTRA
RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND WATER
CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT
( B-1 Form)
( Percentage Rate )
TENDER PAPERS FOR

EARTHAN DAM
Name of Division:- Minor Irrigation,Zilla Parishad,Yavatmal
Name of Work : SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK

SPECIAL REPAIRS TQ-PUSAD DIST-YAVATMAL
Name of Contractor:------------------------------------
Agreement No. B-1---------- 20 20
Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

2
NAME OF WORK :- SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK SPECIAL

REPAIRS TQ-PUSAD DIST-YAVATMAL
Contents Page Number

Sr.No. From To
1 Details regarding tender 03 05
2 Invitation of 06 17
Detailed Tender Notice , Giudlience of tenders,Corrigendum
3 Special Conditions of the Contract 18 43
4 APPENDIXES 44 50
5 APPENDIX “A” Details of work of similar type and magnitude carried 44 44
by the tenderer
6 APPENDIX “B” Details of other works tendered for & works in hand as 45 45
on the date of submission of this tender
7 APPENDIX “C” Details of plant immediately available with the 46 46
tenderer for use on work
8 APPENDIX “D” Details of technical personnel with the tenderer 47 47
9 APPENDIX “E” Declaration by the Contractor 48 48
10 APPENDIX “F” Form of one year Term Deposit Receipt 49 49
11 APPENDIX “G” Bank Guarantee 50 52

12 B-l Tender Form,Condition of contract 53 90
13 Schedule "A" 89 90
14 Schedule "B" 91 91
15 Index to General Specification 93 93

16 General Specification 94 173
17 Drawings
NOTE :- The Contractor is advised to verify the documents mentioned in the Index &to sign the index
in token of such verification
sd/-
Executive Engineer,
Minor Irrigation Z.P. Division,Yavatmal
B-l FORM (Percentage Rates)

3
TENDER PAPERS FOR

NAME OF WORK SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK
1) NAME OF CONTRACTOR :Shri / M/s. :-------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------
2) LAST DATE SUBMISSION OF ON LINE TENDER : /2016 upto 17.00 hrs.
3) DATE OF OPENING OF ON LINE TENDER : /2016 @ 11.00 hrs. (If possible)
4) COST OF TENDER FORM : Rs.
5) AMOUNT OF CONTRACT : Rs./-
7) DATE OF WORK ORDER : / / 201
8) DATE OF COMPLETION () Month from the date of

Time Stipulated for completion of work written order to start of work,which
will include the monsoon period
9) EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT, IF ANY : -------------------------------------------------------
DETAILS OF WORKS

4
NAME OF WORK SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK

cost put to tender Rs.

Earnest Money :-1% cost of tender In Shape of Term Deposit Rs./- ByNet Banking
Total Security Deposit 2%(Two percent)Rs. /-(for a period of one year issued by
any Schedule Bank/Nationalised Bank/ of India at the time of aggriment &Remaining
3% deduct form Running bills.)
Period:( ) Calendar months including the monsoon period from the date
of written order to start the Work.
CONTENTS OF FORM From To

General Conditions of Contract Sheet _______________ ______________
Appendix Sheet _______________ ________________
Form B-1 Sheet _______________ ____________

Schedule ‘A’ Sheet _______________ ________________
Schedule ‘B’ Sheet _______________ ________________
General Specifications Sheet _______________ ________________
Drawings Nos. ________________ ________________
Above To be filled by the contractor

I/We have quoted my /our rates in words as well as in figures. I/We further
undertake to enter into Contract in regular ‘B-1’ Form with Irrigation Department.

5
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
Online Percentage rate tenders in B-1 form are invited by Executive Engineer,
Minor Irrigation Dn. Z.P.Yavatmal. For the following work. the contractors register
with the R.D.D.&Water Conservation Dept.Govt.of Maharashtra & Zilla Parishad in
appropriate Class ( MKSS ) Category.
Name work SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK SPECIAL
REPAIRS TQ-PUSAD DIST-YAVATMAL
1. Tender Cost (Approximately) Rs. 1350266/-

2. Earnest Money Rs 0/-
3. Security Deposit 2% Rs. 2%
4. Time Limit (06 ) sr. month
5. Date of online issue of (00.00 hrs) to

pre qualification Documents. ---- (00.00 hrs.)
6. Date of online receipt of ------- (up to 17.00 hrs.)

pre qualification Documents.
7. Date of online issue of Blank 05/10/2018 (11.00hrs.)to20/10/2018 (17.00hrs)

Tender forms.(Download)
8. Date of online recieved of

Tender forms (Upload ) 05/10/2018 (11.00hrs.)to20/10/2018 (17.00hrs)
1.2 The blank tender forms can be downloaded Pre-qualified from the website of
Govt. of Maharashtra http://mahatenders.gov.in While submitting the duly
filled Tender Documents the Bidder is required to Deposit Tender Fee amount
Rs.560/-(Rs only)& E.M.D. through ON Line gatway Payment The Tender
Fee shall be adjusted against as fee of tender documents and it will be not
refundable. The payment by cheque or cash will not be accepted
1.3 The date of Pre-Tender conference will be held on dt. (3.00hr).at

S.E.(L.S.)Amravati.who have purchase the tender will be allowed to participate
in the pre-tender conference.the contractor are not attend the pre conference
meeting no any clam accepted at the time of workdone..

6
1.4 न वदा सूचना ह करारना याचा एक भाग अस यामुळे यातील अट व शथ!

करारना या"माणेच लागु राह ल
1.5 Tenders should be submitted online from and will be opened by the
Superintending Engineer , M.I. (L.S.) Circle Amravati/or Executive
Engineer,Minor Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad,Yavatmal on the same day if
possible. The offer will remain valid for a period of 90 days, from the date of
opening of tender and there after until it is withdrawn in writing by the tenderer.
1.6 The right is reserved to reject any item of the tender, or a tender, or all the
tenders, without assigning any reason therefore. Decision for acceptance or
rejection rests with the.-Proper Authority.----------------------------------------------
----------------------
1.7 The latest Income Tax clearance documents (PAN Card and Balance Sheet
from Chartered Accountant and Filed IT Returns, Details of Receipt &
Payments) and valid contractor’s Registration Certificate, Valid VAT
Registration Certificate in form II(Rule-4 (i) under Rule 1984) along with
clearance Certificate, Registration and Clearance Certificate as per the
provision in labour /employees provident fund, labour licence. Scanned copies
of all Originals will have to be submitted with Pre-qualification / blank tender
form; otherwise Pre-qualification/tender forms will be rejected. The
contractor’s who successfully qualify in pre-qualification evaluation can
participate in the further process of tendering.
1.8 Prior to the issue of Blank Tender form for the work shown above, the Pre-
qualification of the interested contractor will be evaluated and determined on
the basis of the necessary and requisite information submitted by them in Pre-
qualification form. The contractors Pre-qualification will be done as per
provision contained in Government of Maharashtra Irrigation Department
Circular No. ºÉÆÊEòhÉÇ/1098/(237/99)/ B¨É.{ÉÒ.{ÉÒ,Ênù. 5.12.2000 ´É
{ÉÊ®ú{ÉjÉEò ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ 201/EòIÉ-75/105(2001) ¨ÉÉä|É, Ênù. 29.11.2001 and as per
the appendix attached with it.
Only those contractors, who successfully qualify in Pre-qualification
evaluation, will be eligible to tender for the above work and the list of
successfully qualified contractors in Pre-qualification will be displayed on the
department’s portal http://mahatenders.gov.in
1.9 The site of work is near K.m..away from village
1.10 Conditional Tenders will not be accepted.

7
1.11 A) Prior to the issue of Blank tender form for the work, the general
experience, machinery details, prequalification and Bid capacity of the
interested contractor will be evaluated and determined on the basis of the
necessary and requisite information submitted by them in the prescribed
prequalification document. Only those contractors who successfully qualify in
prequalification evaluation will be eligible to tender for the work and blank
tender form will be issued to them only.
The forms of Pre-qualification documents are available on the e-Tendering website
of Govt. of Maharashtra “http://mahatenders.gov.in.” The aspiring Bidders will
have to download Pre-qualification form, from the website mentioned above.
Before purchasing the duly filled Pre-qualification Documents the Bidder are
required to Deposit Rs. /- (Rs. Thousand only) only by DD drawn in the
name of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad Yavatmal
directly in the office of the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,Zilla
Parishad Yavatmal and procure the Duplicate Receipt for it from the office
before the last date of online issue of Pre-qualification Documents. The Scanned
copy of the above Duplicate Receipt issued by the Executive Engineer, Minor
Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad,Yavatmal should be uploaded along with duly
filled pre-qualification Documents. Failing which the Pre-qualification documents
of the bidder will not be evaluated further. The bidder has to fill in online format
and upload information regarding Bid Capacity online. The results of
Prequalification will be available on website and also will be communicated to the
successful bidders by email. The payment by cheque will not be accepted.
Prequalification documents should be purchased and prepared online on or before
till 14.00 hrs as mentioned in the eTender schedule on the above web portal.
B) The interested contractor should have an experience of successful execution of similar

type of work carried out in the area having Average Annual rainfall of @ 2500 mm &
above and should have successfully executed the following quantities of work
during any one year of previous five years i.e. between 2006-2007 to 2010-
2011. (Quantities given below are required as per this Tender)
1) Excavation - Soft Strata & Hard Strata - Cum.or More
2) Embankment work - Cum or More
3) Concrete (in various mix) - Cum or More
C) 50% of the each type of machinery required for the work as listed in para 3.37
shall be owned by the contractor in his name and documentary evidence should be
produced for the same and for the rest 50% of machinery the details of sources of
availability from where the machinery planned to be procured shall be given along
with M.O.U. with the Party Supplying such machinery along with Supplyguarantee
on Rs.100/-Bond paper. D)The interested contractor should have completed at least
one M. I. Tank having height more than 30.0.m. The work done certificate should
be produced.

8
1.12 QUARRIES:
1.It is for the contractor to investigate quarries which yield stone and other material
such as sand,surkhi,murum,soil,etc.and satisfy himself of the availability in
desired quantities and quality.All the necessary test of materials should be carried
out by the contractor at his own cost before using the material.
2. The Tender should be in particular inspect the quarry borrow sites and satisfy
abovethe quality and quantities of material available as the rate quoted must be
including all leads and lifts involved in bringing them,including from the quarry
borrow area.All necessary testing of material shall be carried and by the
contractor at his own cost to conform their suitability before the material will be
permittedto be used.No claim in respect of additional lead and lifts will be
entertained.
2. INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTES FOR THE GUIDENCE OF TENDERERS

2.1 The tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms
statement, special conditions schedules, drawings, general conditions and
specifications of contract and to have fully acquainted themselves with all the
details of site labour conditions and in general with all necessary information and
date etc. pertaining to and needed for the work till completion of the work.
.
2.2 The tenders should see in particular the quarry sites and satisfy themselves about
the quality and quantities of the materials available as the rates quoted will be
inclusive of all leads and lifts involved in bringing the materials from the quarry
areas. All necessary testing of materials shall be carried out by the Contractor at
his own cost to confirm their suitability before the materials will be permitted to
be used. No claim in respect of additional leads and lifts will be entertained.
3 ROYALTIES : deduct as per current rate
3.1 All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials,
if any, shall be paid by the contractor(As per P.W.D.orNo.The contractor should
have submitted pay toRoyalty paid to revenue department otherwise appropriate
amount will with held from contractor bill.As per Govt.circular
No.CSR/2007(2/2007)MI-2 Dt.3.7.2007 the cost of royalty charges will be
reimbursed to the contractor after producing the ORIGINAL receipt of the
amount deposited with the revenue authoritst at the rate of current provision
If the cement procured by the contractor(To be filled by the contractor for work
costing more than Rs.50.00Lakhs)Rs. /bag.
4. PREFERENCE :

9
Preference will be given to those contractors who have previous experience of

such type of large works and who have necessary machinery with them and who
qualify through the Pre-Qualification evaluation.
5. TIME LIMIT :
The work is to be completed within () calendar months including monsoon from
date of written Work Order to commence the work.
6. CONDITIONAL TENDERS :
i) Conditional tenders will not be considered for acceptance
ii) The tenders are requested to read carefully all the instructions mentioned in
para (15B) while submitting their tenders in e-tendering system in two
envelope system . They should also be very careful regarding the documents
to be submitted. Non observance of these things may result in rejection of the
tender.
Tenders which do not fulfill any of the conditions of notification and general
rules and directions for the guidance of the contractors on page 1 of agreements
form (printed B-1 form) or are incomplete in any respect are liable to be rejected
without assigning any reason thereof.
7. TENDER QUOTING
a) The tender should quote percentage below or above both in words and figures
while online submission of the Tender No alteration in the form of the tender
and in the schedule of quantities and no addition in the form of special
stipulation will be permitted. No change in the units shall be allowed. The rates
quoted in Tender shall be taken as applying to all conditions of weather and the
rates quoted will be inclusive of all taxes if any.
b) Tendered percentage below or above shall be written at the appropriate place
in English both in words and figures. In case the percentage expressed in words
differs from that expressed in figures, the lowest of the two will be taken as
correct.
c) Neither erasures nor over- writings shall be made in the price schedule and in
general in the tendered documents. Every correction shall be made by crossing
the pen across the incorrect or un-required portion and writing the correct or
required portion above. All corrections shall bear the dated initials of the
tenderer.
d) All pages of the tender documents, conditions, specifications and drawings,
etc. shall be signed by the tenderer with his digital signature.
e) The tender shall contain the name, residence and place of business of person/
persons submitting the tender.

10
f) Tender by partnership firm shall furnish the full name(s) of all authorized
representative on behalf of each partner followed by the name and designation
of the person signing. An attested copy of the partnership deed shall be
furnished along with the tender. Tender by companies shall be signed with the
legal name of the company and signed by the person authorized to sign it in the
matter.
h) Whenever, whether in the submission of tender or later in other matters the
signatures are made by one person on behalf of a company or partnership, the
tenderer shall supply an attested copy of the power of attorney.
i) Witnesses and sureties shall be the persons of status and probity and
theirnames,occupations and address shall be stated below their signatures. All
signatures shall be dated.
8. TENDERING PROCEDURE :
A) BLANK TENDER FORMS :
Blank Tender forms can be downloaded from the website as stipulated in the
Tender notice./ corrigendum.
B) PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE :
i) A pre tender conference open to all prospective tenderers will be held at on
/ /2012 at14.00 hrs. in the office of the Superintendent Engineer ,Minor
Irrigation (L.S.)Circle, Amravati Wherein the prospective tenderers who have
downloaded blank B1 tender form will have an opportunity to obtain
clarifications regarding the work and the tender conditions.
ii) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional information or
clarification either in writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given
by the Superintendent Engineer, Minor Irrigation (L.S.)Circle,Amravati in
writing and this clarification referred to as common set of conditions shall
form part of tender documents and which will also be common and applicable
to all Tenders and the Tender should submit this at the time of online
submission of Tender.
iii) The tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification,
additional facility issued (if any) by the Department, and this tender shall be
unconditional. Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected.
iv) All tenderers are cautioned that the tenders containing any deviation from the
contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and
conditional tenders will be rejected as non-responsive.
C) MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENT :
The Tender shall submit the Tender documents by uploading online in two
envelopes as below:

11
TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) Document: Submitted As per Mention

in Tender Notice
The first envelope, named as “Envelope 1”, shall contain Scanned copy of the
following documents.
1. D.D.of tender cost, Government Treasury challan or Term Deposit Receipt for 12
months of any Scheduled Bank for the amount of earnest money
2. Certificates of Registration of the Contractor with Z.P./R.D.D&W.C.Government
of Maharashtra as may be applicable duly by
3. VAT&Sale Tax registration, or clearance certificate in respect of sale by transfer
of property in goods involved in the executions of a work contract under the
provision of rule 58 of Maharashtra added tax Act 2005 should be submitted in
original or certified copy.
4. Certificate of registration under close (5) Sub-clause (1) of Maharashtra State
Professional tax, clearance certificate, 14.15 or 15.16
5. Income Tax return Acknowdgement slip14.15or15.16from Income Tax

Department with PAN card.
6. Detail of the works of similar types and magnitude of the work carried by the
Tenderer
7. Details of works tendered for and works in hand as on the date of submission of
the tender
8. List of Machinery and plants Mention own/Hire immediately available with the
tender for use on this work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this
work,
9. Detail of Techinical Personal with the tenderer.
10. Self Declaration of the contractor on stamp paper of Rs.100/- Append.‘E’
11. Noterised Joint Venture if applicable,Deed of Partnership or Articles of
Association and Memorandum of Association for Limited Company.
12. Power of Attorney on behalf of firm issued in the name of persons
authorized to sign agreements,bill etc.& collect cheque from department.
13. Other necessary documents as per detail Tender Notice attached
b) COMMERCIAL ENVELOPE (T-2) – TENDER
The second envelope named as “Envelope T-2” shall contain only the main
Tender including the common set of conditions / stipulations issued by the
Department after the pre-Tender conference. A Tender submitted online without
this will be considered as invalid and programme of the work to be carried out as
proposed by the contractors.

12
The Tender should quote his offer on Schedule “B” of the Tender as a
percentage of estimated rates at the appropriate place in the Tender documents and
enclose in Envelope C1. The Tender should not quote his offer anywhere directly or
indirectly in Envelope T1. The contractor shall quote for the work as per details given
in this main tender and also based on the detailed set of conditions issued /additional
stipulation made by the department as informed to him by a letter from Chief
Engineer, Minor Irrigation (L.S.) Pune after the pre-Tender conference. This Tender
shall be unconditional.
c) SUBMISSION OF TENDER :
The two Envelopes T l and T2, shall be submit online by uploading:
The date and time for receipt of envelope containing Tender shall strictly apply in all
cases. The Tender should ensure that their Tender is properly uploaded & submitted
before the stipulated expiry date and time. No delay on account of any cause will be
entertained for the late receipt of the Tender. A Tender offered or received after the
date and time is over, will either not be accepted or if inadvertently accepted, will not
be opened.
d) OPENING OF TENDERS :
On the date specified in the tender notice following procedure will be adopted for
opening of the tender.
TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) :

Envelope Tl of all the Tenders will be opened first to verify that its contents are
as per requirements. If the various documents contained in this envelope do not meet
the requirements of the Department, a note will be recorded accordingly by the Tender
opening authority and the said Tender’s Envelope T-2 will not be considered for
further action and the same will be recorded.
COMMERCIAL ENVELOPE (T-2) :(FININCIAL BID)

This envelope shall be opened immediately after opening of Envelope T1, only
if the contents of Envelope Tl are found to be acceptable to the Department. The
percentage above or below the estimated rates shall then be read out.in the presence of
bidders who remain present at the time of opening of Envelop No.T-2
The tenders will be opened on .2016 at 11.00 hrs. if possible in presence of

the tenderers or their authorized agents, who may choose to be present.
10. THE TENDER WILL BE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED OUTRIGHT IF

WHILE SUBMITTING :

13
1) The tenderer proposes any alterations in the work specified in the tender or in
the time allowed for carrying out the work or any other condition.
2) Any of the pages of the tender are removed / or replaced
3) The percentage above or below are not clearly mentioned both in figures and
words in the tender documents.
4) The Tender, or in the case of a partnership firm, each partner thereof, does not
sign or the signature/s is / are not attested by a witness on B-1 Tender Form of
the tender in the space provided for the purpose (or provisions of paragraph
14.( d) are not complied with). In case of tender by companies, it should be
signed by the legal name of the company and signed by the person authorized
to sign to tender documents in the matter.
5) Any erasures are made in the tender.
6) All corrections and additions or pasted slips are not signed by the tenderer.
11. EARNEST MONEY / SECURITY DEPOSIT :

i) a) A sum of Rs. 1% /- on account of earnest money should be paid in the
form of a challan showing deposit of cash into the Treasury Bank or by a “Term
Deposit Receipt” for 12 months issued by a Scheduled / Nationalised Bank,
duly endorsed, in favour of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,
Zilla Parishad Yavatmal or by, the contractor should draw D D of the same
amount from scheduled / Nationalised bank and submit scanned copy of D D
along with Tender document at the time of online submission of the Tender.
The original D D should be submitted to the Executive Engineer, Minor
Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad Yavatmal before the last date of
submission of Tender.
b) Earnest Money in the form of cash or cheque will not be accepted.
c) Contractors who have paid the required sum as deposit and executed the
necessary bonds as per the rules of registration with Govt. of Maharashtra are
exempted from the payment of earnest money. Such contractors shall attach
to their tender a scanned copy of the certificate authorising exemption from
earnest money payment.
i)The contractors, who have not lodged the necessary lump-sum deposit as
above,shall pay earnest money as prescribed in the foregoing Para(a)
ii)The earnest money paid in cash in treasury or bank vide challan or by “Term
Deposits receipt” for 12 months will in the case of tenderers whose tenders
are not accepted, be refunded, and will, in the case of the successful tenderer be
refunded after payment of cash security deposit and the balance amount of security
deposit will be augmented by deduction from bills towards security deposit as

14
stipulated in the printed B-l form. In case of the successful tender who is exempted
from payment of earnest money as in Para (c) above, the payment of security deposit
shall be as stipulated in the sub-Para below :
The successful tender who is exempted from payment of earnest money –
shall have to pay a security deposit of Rs., /- in FDR/TDR within the period
stipulated in Para 19 below at the time of signing of the agreements.
iii) In lieu of cash deposit mentioned above in Para 18 (ii) Government
Security,gold bonds, guarantee bonds from a Scheduled Bank in the form
acceptable to Government, National Savings certificates, National Defense
Saving Certificates, for the value for which they can be encashed at the time of
presentation as security deposit, Port Trust bonds, Municipal debentures, scripts
of rural debentures issued by the Mumbai State Co-operative Land Mortgage
Bank Limited, standing in the name of the Tender shall be accepted, if pledged
as a Security DepositRs. in the name of Executive Engineer Minor
Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad Yavatmal Guarantee bonds of scheduled
bank in the form acceptable to government shall be accepted. The balance, amounts
of security deposit of Rs. /- shall be recoveredby 3% deduction from running
account bills.
11.1 ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT :
If the tenderer quotes rate more than 10% below or more than above 10%, then
the contractors has to furnish the additional security deposit before communication of
acceptance of tender at the percentage by which the contractor has quoted less than
10% or more than 10%. For example, if the contractors quoted rate is 25% below, the
contractors has to furnish an additional security deposit procedure mentioned above
(25-10)/100 x 10 = 1.5% of the estimated cost in the form of same guarantee which
will be released at the time of payment of final bill. In either case, if the additional
security deposit is not furnished as per requirement the Earnest Money will be for-
feited (As per Govt. Circular (Marathi) Misc. 1097 (105/97)/M.P. Dated : 22/5/1998).
12. ACCEPTANCE OF THE TENDER :-
Acceptance of the tender will rest with the E.E Irri.Dn. Z.P.Yavatmal who
reserves the right to reject any item of the tender, or a Tender or all Tenders without
assigning any reasons thereof. The person /persons whose Tender may be accepted
shall have to pay the cash security deposit and enter into regular B-l agreement within
ten days of being notified to do so (which period may be extended by the Executive
Engineer,Irr.DnZ.P.Ytl. up to 15 days if he thinks it fit to do so), and shall abide by
all rules & regulations embodied therein. In the event of the failure of the Tender to

15
sign the agreement within the stipulated time, the earnest money paid by him shall
stand forfeited to Government and the acceptance of the tender shall be considered as
withdrawn. In the case of contractors who are exempted from paying the earnest
money and who fail to pay the security deposit & sign the agreement in the stipulated
time, the fixed amount deposited by them as per the rule governing registration of
contractors, shall stand forfeited to Government. The facility of not paying earnest
money extended to such contractors shall also stand withdrawn from the date on which
they fail to comply with the requirements and their registration is also liable to be
cancelled.
The offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period of 90(NINTY) days
form the date fixed for opening the same and there after until it is withdrawn by the
contractor by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the Tender and
sent by registered post acknowledgment due or otherwise delivered at the office of
such authority and also subject to other conditions shown in Memorandum of
Agreement printed .
13. The right is reserved to revise or amend the tender documents prior to the last
date notified for the issue of tenders. Such revisions or amendments or extensions shall
be communicated to all concerned in the form of addenda or by notice in the press as
may be considered suitable.
14. Should some items of work are being executed departmentally. The quantities that
would be executed during the period between the issue of tender notice and fixation of
agency will be deducted from the quantities in the tender. The tenderer should take
cognizance of this fact and no claims would be tenable on a account of such reduction
in the quantities. [Vide Govt. Letter No. 1076/ 1181/666 (E) 17 dated 08/06/76.]
15. The successful tender should produce to the satisfaction of the competent
authority accepting the Tender a valid and concurrent license issued in his favor under
the provisions of the contract labour ( Regulation and Abolition) Act .1970 and the
Maharashtra contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rule 1971 before starting the
work. On failure to do so, the acceptance of the Tender will be liable to be withdrawn
and also the earnest money will be forfeited to the Government.
16. As per Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation Department, circular No. Misc.
1997 (S97) MPCP Mantralaya Mumbai Dt. 22.5.98. In the case of possibility of excess
execution of the quantities of several items. The necessary proposals are to be
submitted to the competent authority for approval before execution of work with the
decision being binding on the contractor.
17. The Contractor is bound to submit his yearly work program regarding item-
wise quantities, amounts and other details regarding it, month-wise which will be
finalised by the Executive Engineer, before the issue of the Work Order and the same
will be recived at the beginning of the financial year as per availability of the funds
mutually.

16
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRAct

(These will apply to all items of works etc. as
1. OUTLINE OF WORK :
1.1 The contractor shall select the site of the projector selected site by sub dn
/division offIn district and carry over detail survey & Investigation work and
prepare the estimate as per guide issued in the Govtfrom time to time.
1.2 The item or work and their approximate are given in Schedule B of the tender for
actual execution of work the detailed survey estimate of the selected site will be
prepared and the work will be executed accordingly.
1.3 The specifications of the work shall be as per Detailed General Specifications
attached to this Tender .
1.4 The survey work prepared by the contractor &field data collected should be
proper precise & realistic with the site condition. The contractor will be be
responsible for the discrepancies revealed during construction of the project as
per plan an estimates provided by the contractor.
1.5 " य$ बांधकाम सु( कर)यापूव! बांधकाम साह याची गुणव ता चाचणी शासक+य तं, नकेतन
/शासक+य अ.भयां,ीक+ महा वदयालय/शासनाची गुणव ता तपासणी यं,णकडून क0न
घेत यावर साह य वापरणे कं,ाटदाराला बंधनकारक राह ल.३०घमी.कॉ6+टचे नयमा"माणे ३
7युब घेऊन चाचणी दे णे बंधनकारक राह ल.
1.6 कं,ाटदारांनी यांचा तां,ीक 9ान असलेला कम:चार वंद
ृ कामावर ठे वणे बंधनकारक
राह ल.
1.7) अ=य शासक+य ऐज=सीकडून कामाची पाहणी केल जाईल यानंतर अं तम दे यक अदा केले
जाईल.
1.8) Attached photograph of work at time to time no expence paid by govt
2. UNIT OF QUOTING RATES :
2..1 The percentage above or below shall be quoted with respect to the estimated rates
in the schedule "B"
3. SITE CONDITIONS :
3.1 It shall be presumed that the contractor has satisfied himself as to the nature and
location of the works, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing on
transport, handling and storage of materials, disposal of spoils, availability of

17
labour, weather conditions, sources of water etc. and has estimated the cost
accordingly. Government will bear no responsibility for any lack of such
acquaintance with site conditions and the consequence thereof to the contractor.
3.2 HOUSING :
No local housing is available and the contractor should arrange for suitable housing for his staff and
labour, offices, etc. at his own cost within the area of work, as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Land
for the same will be made available free of charge for temporary use during the course of execution, if
available with the department.
3.2.1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide the firewood for the domestic use of the workers at the
project side.
3.3 WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE :
3.3.1.The Contractor shall make his own arrangements at his cost for the water supply to his colony and
tothe work site required for the work. The details of his proposed supply shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all
persons working at work site in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all working places and in
sufficient quantities.
3.3.2 Similarly the disposal of solid waste and waste water / drainage arrangements will have to be
made by the Contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge
3.4 CAMP REGULATION :

The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining order in his camp and on his work site and to that end
shall employ such officers, watchman or other persons,
as required, at his cost.Unauthorized or undesirable persons shall be excluded from the camp and from the works. If, in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, any employee or agent of the Contractor misbehaves or causes
obstruction in the proper execution of the work or otherwise makes himself undesirable, the contractors
shall on receipt of the instruction to do so, remove him from the premises. Employees of the contractors shall mean
any person employed by him or his subcontractors, (if subletting is permitted by the Engineer-in-charge), or any
person employed on the work, contracted for on behalf of the contractor.
3.5. MEDICAL AID :
Medical aid for the contractor’s men shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost. The contractors
shall provided first aid boxes on the work site. These boxes shall always be filled in with all required
medicine.
3.6 ROADS :
3.6.1 The Contractor shall construct and maintain suitable inspection paths within the work limits at his own
cost. There will however be no charge for any reasonable use by the Contractor of any road constructed by
the Government. As Government machinery will be moving on the haul roads, if any
accident occurs, the Contractor will have no claim on that account, will have to
pay compensation etc. for such accident as per rules, regulations, laws etc.
pertaining to these matters.
3.6.2 All quarry roads and paths for the conveyance of materials from the quarries
to the site of work and for all other operations required for the contract shall be
constructed and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.If any land has to be
acquired for his purpose,the same shall be acquired by the department
permanment or temporily at its cost and banded over free to the contractor.The

18
decision regarding reasonableness of the requirement of such land shall however

rest with,the executive Engineer,M.i.Division Zilla Parishad Yavatmal.
3.7 ELECTRICAL POWER :
3.7.1 The contractor will have to make his own arrangements for electric power at
his cost and this shall not constitute any reason for any claims in this behalf. The
contractor will have to make his own arrangements to lay and maintain the
necessary distribution line and wiring for his colony and the works at his cost. All
wiring and methods of construction for overhead distribution lines and other lines
shall be in accordance with the Indian Electricity Act 1910 and Indian Electricity
Rules 1956.
3.7.2 The layout and method of laying the lines and wiring and the nature of connected
loads shall have the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge.
3.7.3 In the case where electrical power is locally available from the Government, it
will be supplied to the Contractor at the prevailing rates plus the duties and taxes
applicable as per M.S.E.D.C. tariffs. The Contractor shall however have no claim
for any inconvenience and loss caused due to non-availability of power or any
interruption or break down in supply once the supply is started.
3.7.4 The Contractor shall be and remain answerable and liable for any loss or
damage or injury to any person or any property of Government, or other, caused
by, arising from the failure of observance of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and
Indian Electricity Rules 1956. Sufficient lighting as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge shall be provided by the Contractor at his cost and risk in the working area
and in the ancillary areas.
4.0 ERRORS, OMISSION AND DISCREPANCIES :
In all cases of omission, doubt, or discrepancies in the dimensions or description

in the drawings and items of work, it shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge,
whose clarification and elaboration shall be considered as authoritative, subject to
provision of clause No.30 of the B-l Form Conditions of Contract. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any error that may occur in the work
through lack of such reference and precautions.
5.0 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY AGENCY :

5.1 CEMENT :
5.1.1 All cement required for the work under this Contract shall be procured
well in

19
advance by the Contractor from the nearest cement factory(s). Ordinary

Portland cement of 53 grade conforming to I.S. 8112, 1989 and subsequent
revisions thereof, if any, packed in 50 kg New HDPE bare infirm out as its Nos.
5.1.2 The Contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement
factory(s). The purchase bill supported by a Delivery Challan and Excise Gate
Pass shall constitute adequate proof of purchase. Cement shall be stored in such
a way as to allow its removal and use in chronological order of receipt i.e.
first received being first used.
5.1.3 Cement shall be kept in a weather-proof store under a double locking

arrangement (one lock to be operated by Contractor and second lock to be
operated by the authorised person of Department) so that it can be taken out
or fresh stock admitted with the knowledge of supervising staff of the
Government. The watch and ward of the cement stores shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
5.1.4 If go down facilities are available with the Department, the same will have
to be utilised by the Contractor as per the terms and conditions as decided by the
Engineer-in-charge.
5.1.5 Testing :Cement shall be tested from Government approved laboratory

with Contractor’s own cost and results submitted to Department.
5.2 STEEL :
The Contractor shall procure steel from the market. The Contractor shall
make necessary arrangement at his own cost for samples from the
available stock and shall confirm with the specifications laid down by the
Bureau of Indian Standards (vide their specification Nos. I.S. 432 (part-1)
of 1966, 1139-1966, 1786-1979) and subsequent revisions.
a) The Contractor should store the steel of 60 days requirement at least

one month in advance.
b) The contractor will have to construct sheds for storing steel having
capacity not less than the steel required for 90 days use at works
site. The Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall have free
access to inspect to such stores and storage arrangement and to
suggest modification and improvement if any and the contractor
shall comply with the same. The storing arrangement shall be such
as to afford convenience of the inspection and check of materials.
Bars of the same size, length, shape & grade shall be assembled in
stock & marked distinctly.

20
c) The contractor shall further, at all time satisfy the Engineer-in-

charge on demand, by production of records and books or by
submissions, returns and other proofs as directed that the steel is
being used as tested and approved by the Engineer-in-charge for the
purpose and the Contractor shall at all times maintain proper record
of showing the basis of receipts & utilization of steel procured by
the contractor & these shall at all times be open for inspection of
the Engineer-in-charge.
d) The Contractor shall procure the steel from main producers such as
SAIL. Rolled steel will not be acceptable. They should bring the
test certificates of steel procured by them from the manufacturer
and presented to Engineer-in-charge for inspection..
e) The steel procured should conform to the standard specification of

Bureau of Indian Standards IS No. 1786 of 1979 for Tor Steel and
IS 432 of 2000 for mild steel.
f) Steel samples required for testing shall be supplied by the

Contractor free of cost, However testing charges also to be borne by
the Contractor.
g) Structural steel shall conform to IS 2002
5.3 EXCAVATED MATERIALS :

5.3.1 All the materials available from excavation will be property of Govt. and shall
be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials of
approved quality may be used by the contractors in the items of work included
in the schedule of prices for ancillary or preparatory work at the rate of
prevailing royalty charges.
Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge for such use shall however be taken.
The contractor shall make proper arrangements for sorting out and stacking
material of approved quality that he proposes to use aforesaid. Government will
be free to make use of other materials not likely to be required for use by the
contractor as will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge. The excavated
materials not to be used by the contractor as above or stacked for his use but
remaining unused at site after completion of works shall be disposed off by the
contractor at his cost in a manner and places as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
Govt. Of Maharashtra Irrigation Department Circular No. JAY
1080/105543 (1290) MAJ 6 dated 19-9-81.)

21
The separable spoils available from adjacent reaches /canal works, etc. other
than those in the tender under consideration shall be permitted to be used by the
contractor free of cost provided these materials are used solely for the specific
contract work in question, with the prior approval of the Engineer- in-charge.
However no claim on account of non-availability of the separable spoils will be
entertained by the department.
5.3.2 The contractor shall use the extracted materials like rubble stone and quarry
spauls, as the Executive Engineer, may direct and approve after removal, direct
from excavation or from dumps as the Executive Engineer, may stipulate, The
selection, sorting and stacking shall be done according to the direction of the
Executive Engineer free of charge by the contractor.
5.3.3 The contractor shall supply free of cost the necessary quantities of sand, stone
and aggregate etc. to the government for carrying out tests as required by the
Engineer-in-charge. This shall be done well in advance of the construction
operation so as to get approved the quality of the materials. The cost of opening
quarries and operating them shall be borne by the Contractor.
5.4 STONE : LEAD OF STONE

5.4.1 From work site,The Contractor is advised to visit various stone
quarries operating in the nearby region for the various work and
ascertain the levels and areas in which stone of good and acceptable
quality is likely to be available. It is for the Contractor to
investigate his own quarries which will yield stone in sufficient
quantities and of required quality for the works. However, if a
quarry location approved by the Engineer-in-charge does not yield
adequate and suitable stone, no claim will be entertained and other
quarry locations will have to be investigated and established by the
Contractor at his own cost and risk. The quality of stone from all
quarries shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before
using it on the work. The contractor shall have to make
arrangements at his own cost for construction and maintenance of
all roads leading to and fro from the stone quarries as required by
him.
5.4.2 The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect
permanent structures as well as should not be near existing or
proposed habitation. The locations and sizes of quarries shall be
subject to approval of the Engineer-in-charge. However, if a quarry
location approved by the Engineer-in-charge, on its opening, does
not yield adequate and / or suitable stones, no claim can be raised

22
against the department. In that case other quarries will have to be

established by the Contractor at his own cost and risk and the stone
got approved from the department for its quality before using it in
the work.
5.4.3 If the stone quarries are located in the lands acquired by the
department, the Contractor would be allowed to quarry the rubble
from these areas. If the quarries are located in private properties,
the Contractor shall make his own arrangements to the legal rights
and attend to payment etc. to the concerned parties for operation of
these quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall make arrangement
for roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at
his own cost.
5.4.4 In the stone quarries,at critical excavation weak rocks like volcanic
breccias etc. are met with, such rocks will be rejected and not
allowed for use in the masonry. The quarrying will have to be
adjusted to avoid these and other types of weak rocks.
5.5 SAND :
5.5.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for procurement of sand
of approved quality and the same should be got approved from the
Engineer- in-charge before it is used on the work. However, if the quarry
proposed by the contractor does not yield adequate suitable sand, no
claims can be raised against the Department. In that case, another quarry
location will have to be established by the Contractor at his own cost and
risk. The sand from such quarries should be got approved from the
Department before using it on the work.
The Contractor shall have to make arrangement at his cost for construction
and maintenance of all roads leading to and from sand quarries to the work
site as required by you.
5.6 CASING & HEARTING MATERIAL :

Near about ----- cum. Quantity of casing ---- cum quantity of hearting is
mostly available from excavation of C.O.T. waste weir, tail and approach
channel etc. Remaining quantity required for casing, is available from the
submergence area.
5.6.1 The Contractor shall have to make arrangement at his own cost for
construction and maintenance of all roads leading to and from quarries to
the works site required by him.

23
5.7 PETROL, OIL AND OTHER LUBRICANTS

5.7.1 The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for procurement of
petrol, diesel, oil and other lubricants.
6.0 EXPLOSIVES PROCUREMENT AND STORAGE :

6.1 Explosives, petrol ,oils, fuels and other inflammable materials shall be stored
strictly in accordance with the rules of the Explosives Department.
6.2 The contractor shall, at his own expense, construct and maintain, at site of
works
proper magazine for storage of explosives and proper storage facilities for oil,
fuel, etc. for use in connection with the work without any extra cost.
6.3 The Contractor shall, at his own expense, obtain such licenses as may be
necessary for storing and using explosive, oils, fuels, etc. The Department shall
not accept any responsibility whatever in connection with the storage or use of
explosives on the site or any accident or occurrence whatsoever in connection
therewith. All operations of the Contractor in which or for which explosives are
employed shall be at the risk of the Contractor and upon his sole responsibility.
6.4 The Contractor shall arrange for the procurement of all the explosives at his
cost and risk.if possible the explosive will be supplied by the Executive
Engineer by procuring from other division the rates fised will be issued rate of
such other division plus the supervision charhess of this division.However
Executive Engineer is not bound to supply the explosive.
6.5 If the Contractor fails to satisfy and provide safety precautions and fails to
maintain satisfactory accounts of explosives, he shall be liable to the penalties
under the rules. Skilled person shall be kept available on the work site to
undertake all blasting operations.
7.0 DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR:
7.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge within a fortnight of the
award of Contract, a list of the construction plant and equipment to be used for
the execution of work and the names and qualifications of his staff assigned to
supervise the work
7.2 Immediately after receipt of the Work Order to commence the work, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval, the plans in
triplicate showing the location of his workshop and storage building, storage
yards, offices, Contractor’s colony (including its services) and housing facilities
which he proposes to erect at site. Suitable housing arrangements for the labours

24
employed by the Contractor or his piece workers will be the Contractor's

responsibility and the location of huts shall be in the prescribed area only, which
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
7.3 No change in the approved layout shall be carried out without the written
approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
8. USE OF SITE :
8.1 The Contractor shall be permitted to use the following for the bonafide purpose
of the execution of this Contract, free of charge.
i) The site required for construction of the work
ii) The approach and haul roads constructed by Government subject to

para 3.6.1.
iii) The quarries for stones, sand and surkhi and the Government land
required for Contractor’s buildings and storage yards.
Use of quarries will be subject to para 10 below. The extent of land

required by the Contractor shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge at
his sole discretion.
8.2 All areas of operation including those for his staff and labour colonies,
handed over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed back in good
condition to the Engineer-in-charge except areas under works constructed
in accordance with this Contract or those for which specific approval has
been obtained from the Engineer-in-charge.
8.3 Wherever possible and desirable, the Contractor shall preserve all existing
vegetation adjacent to the site, which does not interfere with the
construction, as determined by the Engineer-in-charge.
8.4 The land shall, as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the
Executive Engineer within six months after the completion of the work
under this Contract. Also no land shall be held by the Contractor longer
than the Engineer-in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall
on due notice by the Engineer-in-charge, vacate and return the land which
the Engineer-in-charge may certify as no longer being required by the
Contractor for the purpose of the work, failing which the Contractor shall

25
be liable to pay rent for the land so occupied, at the rate prescribed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
9. CERTIFICATE :
The contractor should certify, after careful study and with due diligence, I hereby
certify that all the lead charges, lift charges, etc. for various construction
materials are included in the rate of the items and no claim will be put forth by
me on this account.
SIGNATUREOF CONTRACTOR.
10. ROYALTIES :
All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials, it
any, shall be paid by the contractor. The amount of royalty shall be deducted
from R.A. bill and will be released only after submission of Original receipt
from revenue Authority and if the contractor fails to submit the receipts the
same amount will be directly paid to the Revenue Authority.as per current rate
11.0 PROGRAMME TO BE FURNISHED :
11.1 As soon as practicable after the acceptance of Tender, but not later than 15
days, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for his
approval, a program showing the procedure and method by which he
proposes to carry out the works, and shall whenever required by the
Engineer-in-charge, furnish particulars in writing of his arrangements for
carrying out works and the construction plant, temporary works, etc that
he intends to use or construct as the case may be. No extra claims shall be
admissible except as per the conditions provided for in the Tender.
11.2 For guidance in preparing the programme for dates by which the various
items shall be executed are given below.The program on the other items
which are not quoted herewith should be matching with the progress of
items given above.
11.3 The submission to and approval by the Executive Engineer of such a
programmed shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or
responsibilities under this contract.

26
12. SETTING OUT:

12.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of
the works and for the correctness of the position, levels, dimensions and
alignment of all parts of works and for the provision of all necessary
instruments, appliances and labour in connection therewith. If at any time
during the progress of works, any error shall appear or arise in the
position, level dimensions or alignment of any parts of the works, the
Contractor shall rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge without any extra cost to the Government.
12.2 For the purpose of setting out, two ends bench marks of which values shall
be furnished by the Engineer-in-charge shall be provided by the
Department near the site of work. The locations of such bench marks shall
be apexes or the centre line or at appropriate locations specified by the
Engineer-in-charge. All setting out shall be with reference to these bench
marks and any errors, for the purpose of para 12.1 and 12.3, shall be with
reference to these marks and levels.
12.3 The checking of any setting out or of any line or level by the Engineer-in-
charge or his agent shall not in any way, relieve the Contractor of his
responsibilities for the correctness thereof and the Contractor shall
carefully protect and preserve all bench marks, site rails and other things
used in setting out of the works.
12.4 Signing field books, longitudinal sections and cross sections

Before starting the work and before any work is covered, levels for
plotting the longitudinal and cross sections of the portions of the work
shall be taken by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative in
the presence of the Contractor or his authorised agent, who shall sign the
field books (on the same day) and plans showing the longitudinal and
cross sections, in token of acceptance. If the Contractor fails to sign, the
levels recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall be
final and binding on the Contractor. For this purpose of taking levels a
suitable date shall be fixed by the Engineer -in-charge and intimated to the
Contractor at least three days in advance. If the Contractor or his duly
authorised agent fails to attend on the appointed date, the levels shall be
taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal and cross sections
based thereon, shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
13. FOSSILS, ETC. :

13.1 All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious
stones, relics, fossils, coins, articles of value, articles of antiquities, old
structures and other remains or things of geological, archaeological or

27
religious interest discovered in or on the site of work shall be the absolute

property of the Government and all measures shall be taken by the
Contractor to protect the same from any damage or removal, and
immediately upon discovery, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-
charge of the find.
14 PATENT RIGHTS :
14.1 The Contractor shall indemnify the Engineer-in-charge, from and against
all claims and proceedings for, or on account of, infringement of any
patent right, design, trade marks, or other protected rights in respect of any
construction, plant, machine work or materials used for, or in connection
with, the works of temporary or permanent nature and from and against all
claims, demands, proceedings, damages, cost charges and expenses
whatsoever incurred in relation thereto.
15. NIGHT WORK :

15.1 When work has to be carried out at night, the Contractor shall obtain
written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of such sanction
being granted, proper arrangements for supervision, lights, etc. shall be
made to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
16. PROTECTION OF MATERIALS :

16.1 Materials shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as
to prevent, damage, deterioration or contamination.
17. PRECAUTION DURING FLOODS AND RAINS :

17.1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and maintain in safe
condition all work, materials, machinery and tools form floods and rain and no
compensation will be paid on any account.
18. PASSING OF FOUNDATIONS :

18.1 After the completion of excavation work the same will be checked and
passed by the Engineer-in-charge before backfilling or masonry or
concrete work shall proceed.
19. QUARRIES
19.1 It is for the contractor to investigate his own quarries which would yield
stone and other material such as sand surkhi, murum, soil etc. and satisfy
himself of the availability in desired quantities and quality.All the

28
necessary term and material should be claimed out bag the contractor as
his own can-before using the material.
19.2 The tenderer’s should in particular to see his own quarry sites and satisfy
themselves about the quality and quantities of the material available as the
rates quoted will be inclusive of all leads and lifts involved in bringing the
materials from his the quarries.No claim inrespect shall be obtained.
19.3 He shall supply free of cost necessary quantities of sand, stone and
aggregate to government for carrying out test as desired by the engineer-
in-charge well in advance of the construction operation so as to get
approved the quality of the materials. The cost of opening quarries and
operating them shall be borne by the contractor.
20. WORK ORDER BOOK :
20.1 The Contractor shall supply and maintain a bound work order book at the
work site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall make it available
to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative, whenever requested. The
work order book should have pages in triplicate and triple carbon papers
should be provided with them. The Engineer-in-charge or his repre-
sentative may record orders regarding works in this book, leaving the
original copy in the book and removing the second and third copies to take
with him. All orders recorded in these work order books shall be deemed
to have been served on the Contractor. On completion of the work, all the
work order books shall be handed over to the Engineer-in-charge.
21. NO CLAIMS ON ACCOUNT OF DELAY DUE TO DEPARTMENTAL

OR OTHER CONTRACTOR'S WORK :
21.1 Delay on account of holding up work under this Contract due to the
execution of work such as drilling and grouting, laying of pipes for
construction of sluice and penstock, erection of gates for the irrigation and
power outlets and other works being carried out simultaneously either by
the Department or any other Contractor, shall not form reason for any
claims by the Contractor.
22. EMBEDED PARTS :

22.1 Installation of all embed parts such as for gates for penstock, irrigation
outlets, pipes for penstock and construction of sluice or any other metal
work (either supplied by the Department or bought by the Contractor at his
own cost) stands included in the relevant item of Schedule ”B”. No extra
payment will be made for the installation of this embedded metal work or
for delays or for interruptions arising there from.

29
22.2 The Contractor shall allow free use of gangways, etc. if any constructed by
him, for Department work
23. CO-ORDINATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS :

23.1 Where other agencies, including the Department, are working in the same
area for works other than those included in this Contract, the Contractor
shall co-operate with these agencies to the fullest extent and shall allow
them reasonable facilities and co-ordination for execution of their works
simultaneously and satisfactorily, as intended in the Contract conditions,
specifications and drawings.
Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the Contractor and the

other agencies for any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the
Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding the co-ordination, co-
operation and facilities to be provided by all the Contracting agencies to
the others shall be final and binding on all parties and such decision shall
not vitiates any Contract nor absolve the Contractor of his responsibilities
under this Contract nor form the ground for any claim or compensation.
24. DEFINITION OF THE TERM ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE :-

24.1 The Engineer-in-charge means the Executive Engineer directly in charge
of the work or any other officer duly authorised on his behalf.
25. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS :-
25.1 The probable rock line as roughly assessed from logs of the various bores
and trial pits taken along and in the region of the various elements of
works are shown on the drawings. The cores of these logs are available for
inspection at site. The Contractor shall study the actual cores and
mustdraw his own conclusions as to the stratigraphy and nature of the
materials. The Contractor shall acquaint himself with the local geology
including the intertrappen layers, brecciaed rocks and water bearing
possibilities of the softer strata that are expected to be encountered. The
Contractor shall bear full responsibility for his deductions and conclusions
as to the nature and condition of the rock and other materials and any
difficulties associated with their excavation and use.
26. DEATH, BANKRUPTCY, ETC. :

26.1 If the Contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy, or being
bankrupt commences winding up, the executors, successors or other
representative in liquidation or any person in whom the Contract may
become vested, shall forthwith give notice thereof in writing to the
Government and shall for one month, during which he shall take all
reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of work, have the option of carrying

30
out this Contract subject to his or their providing such guarantee as may be
required by the Government, to the value of work remaining unexecuted.
In the event of stoppage of work, the period of option under this clause
shall be fourteen days only. Should the above option be not exercised, the
Contract may be terminated by Government by notice in writing to the
Contractor. The power and provisions reserved to Government in this
Contract of taking of the work out of Contractor’s hand shall immediately
become operative.
27. REFERENCE TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS :

27.1 The specifications of the work as attached to this Contract are drawn with
a specific reference to site conditions and do not everywhere include the
details of standard tests and procedures, which are already laid down and
available in the current Indian Standard Specifications. Whenever such
details are not specified in this Contract, provisions under the current
Indian Standard Specification and the Standard Specification (1965, and as
amended from time to time) of Government of Maharashtra shall be
deemed to be applicable.
28. PAYMENT OF THE RUNNING ACCOUNT BILLS :

28.1. With references to clause 10 of B-l form the payment of the bills will be made
monthly.
28.2. If due to paucity of fund payment is not made at regular intervals, no claim on
this account shall be entertained.
29. INCOME TAX / VAT
29.1 Deduction for Income Tax at the rate of 2% (two percent) plus surcharge if
any, VAT 4%, as applicable from time to time on such deduction, will be
made on the gross payment of each bill due to the Contractor without ex-
cluding any adjustment on account of cost of material, hire charges of
machineries or any services rendered by the Department. (VAT is
applicable 2% those who are registered under the provision of Rule of
Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act 2005 for the purpose of levy of Tax &
4% applicable for unregistered contractor under VAT.)
The Tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates, cesses and are also
inclusive of the Leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in
goods involved in the execution of work contract under the provision of
rule of Maharashtra value added tax act 2005 for the purpose of levy of
tax.
30. ENGAGEMENT OF APPRENTICE

31
30.1 It is obligatory on the part of the contractor to engage requisite number of

apprentices by the State Apprenticeship Advisor and train them in the
Bldg. trade (such as (i) Brick layer Bldg. Constructions, (ii) Carpenters
and (iii) Plumbers as well as black smith) which have been specified
designated trades under the Apprenticeship Act. 1951.
31. DEPARTMENT’S ASSISTANCE :
31.1 Though there is difficulty in procuring Explosives, tubes, tyres, food

grains and other such materials and commodities, the Department can not
and does not undertake any responsibility for assured supplies thereof.
However the department will assist the contractor in forwarding
recommending, his requirements for the work to proper authorities for all
these articles without any commitment on the part of the Department.
32. ARBITRATION :
32.1 In case of any dispute between the Contractor and the Government in any
matter whatsoever, it shall be resolved as per the provisions of Clause 30
of the B-l form and in no circumstances reference to the Arbitration Act
will be entertained.
33. PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE : deleted up to page No.35

If during the operative period of the Contract as defined in condition (i) below,
there shall be any variation in the consumer Price Index (New Series) for
Industrial Workers for AKOLA center as per the Labor Gazette published by the
Commissioner of Labor, Government of Maharashtra and/or in the wholesale
Price Index for all commodities prepared by the Office of Economic Adviser,
Ministry of Industry, Government of India, or in the Price of petrol/Oil and
lubricants and major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various
types of metal pipes etc., then subject to the other conditions mentioned below,
price adjustment on account of
(1) Labour Component
(2) Material Component
(3) Petrol Oil and Lubricant Component
(4) Hysd and Mild Steel Component

32
(5) Cement component
calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from
these, no other adjustment shall be made to the contract price for any reasons
whatsoever. Component percentage as given below are as of the total cost of
work put to tender. Total of Labour, Material and POL components shall be 100
and other components shall be as per actual.
1. Labour component - K1 - %
2. Material components - K2 – %
3. POL components - K3 - %
4. Hysd and Mild Steel Component - NIL ACTUAL
5. Cement component - ACTUAL
6. Bitumen component - NIL ACTUAL
7. C.I.&D.IPipe componments - ACTUAL
Note :- If Cement, Steel Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes are supplied on schedule A
then respective components shall not be considered. Also if particular
components is not relevant same shall be deleted.
Star rate for cement = Rs. /- per M.T.
Star rate for steel = Rs. per M.T.
1.Formula for labour component

V1 = 0.85 X P X [ K1 X ( L1 – L0 ) ]
100 L0
where,
V1 =Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Labour
component.
P =cost of work done during the quarter under consideration minus
the cost of cement and HYSD and Mild Steel,C.I.&D.I. Pipes
calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed
during the quarter under consideration.
(These Star rates shall be specified her)
K1 = percentage of labour component as indicated above .
L0 =Basic consumer price index for center shall be average

consumer price index of the quarter preceding the month in which the
last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

33
L1 =Average consumer price index for center for the quarter under
consideration.
Formula for Materials Component:
V2 = 0.85 X P X [ K3 X ( P1 – P0 ) ]
100 P0
where,
V2 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Material component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component.

K2 = percentage of Material component as indicated above.
M0 = Basic wholesale price index shall be average wholesale price index for the
quarter preceding the month in which to the last date prescribed for receipt of
tender, falls.
M1= Average wholesale price index during the quarter under consideration.
3. Formula for Petrol, Oil, and Lubricant Component ( P.O.L.)
V3 = 0.85 P [ K2 X ( M 1 – M 0 ) ]
100 M0
where,
V3 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for POL component.
P = Same as worked out for labour component
K3 = percentage of POL component.
P0 = Average price of HSD at---- of the quarter preceding the month in which
the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
P1 = Average price of HSD at----- for the quarter under consideration.
Formula for HYSD and steel Component:
V4 = [ S0 X ( SL1 – SL0 ) ] X T
100 SL0
where,

34
V4 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for HYSD / Mild steel

component.
S0 = Basic rate of HYSD/Mild steel i.e. Rs. per tonne as considered for
working out value of P.
SL1 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under
consideration.
SL0 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin of the quarter preceding the month
in
which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.
T = Tonnage of steel used in permanent work of the quarter under

consideration.
Formula for Cement Component
V5 = C ( CL1 – CL0 ) X T
CL0
where,
V5 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Cement
component.
C0 = Basic rate of Cement i.e. Rs. /- per tonne as considered for working out
value of P.
CL1 = Average Cement index published in the RBI Bulletin during the quarter
under consideration.
CL0 = Average Cement index published in the RBI Bulletin for the quarter
preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender,
. falls
T= Tonnage of Cement used in permanent work for the quarter under

consideration.
i) The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing
form the date of work order issued to the contractor and ending on the date
on which the time allowed for the completion of the work specified in the
contract for work; expires, taking into consideration the extension of time-
limit, if any, for completion of the work granted by the engineer under the

35
relevant clause of the Conditions of Contract, in cases other than those,

where such extension is necessitated on account of default of the
contractor. The decision of the engineer as regards the operative period of
the contract shall be final and binding on the contractor. Where any
compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on
account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under the relevant
contract provisions, the price adjustment amount for the balance of work
from the date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out by
pegging the indices L1, M1 and P1 and also CL1, SI 1 to the levels
corresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied.
ii) The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula
given above in this clause.
iii) The price variation under this Clause shall not be payable for the extra
items required to be executed during the completion of the work and also
on the excess quantities of items payable under the provisions of Clause-
38 of the contract form B-1. Since the rates payable for extra items or the
extra quantities under Clause-38 are to be fixed as per current DSR or as
mutually agreed to, yearly revision till completion of such work. In other
words, when the completion / execution of extra items as well as extra
quantities under Clause-38 of the contract form B-1 extends beyond the
operative date of the DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond the date
shall be revised with reference to the current DSR, prevalent at the time,
on year to year basis or revised in accordance with mutual agreement
thereon, as provided for in the contract, whichever is less.
iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated
above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall
be allowed to the contractor and if it is on the negative side, the
government shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor and
the amount shall be deductible from any amounts due and payable under
the contract.
v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the
contractor is not entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses
in the contract, the unit rate and prices included in the contract shall be
deemed to include amount to cover the contingency of such other actual
rise or fall in costs.

36
ACCONPANIMENT TO THE GOVERNMENT RESOLUTION PUBLIC

WORKS DEPARTMENT NO.CAT/06/04/148,Dt.16.5.2005
34.DRAFT OF PROPOSED CONDITION RELATING TO INSURANCE FOR :
The Contractor shall take out an Insurance Policy or Policies so as to provide ad-
equate insurance cover for the execution of the awarded Contract work from the
‘Director of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai- 400 051’ only. Its postal
address for correspondence is “264, Mhada, opposite Kalanagar, Bandra (E),
Mumbai - 400 051, (Tel. No. 26438403) (Fax) 26438461/26438690, Insurance
policy/policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted. However,
if the Contractor desires to effect insurance with the local office of any other
insurance company, the same should be under the co-insurance-cum-servicing
arrangements approved by the Director of Insurance. If the policy taken out by
the Contractor is not on a co-insurance basis (G.I.F. 60% and insurance company
40%) approved by the Government Insurance Fund, the policy will not be
accepted and the amount and the premium calculated by the Director of Insurance
will be recovered directly from the amount payable to the Contractor for the
executed work.
35. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE BROUGHT BY

THE CONTRACTOR
All the materials including cement, steel etc. brought by the contractor for the
work shall be reported to the Engineer-in-charge along with the necessary test
report from Govt. laboratory or factory.
Cement shall be brought of 53 grade confirming to I.S. 8112 of 1989 and to

confirm concrete strength as per IS 156-1978.
The steel supplied by the contractor shall be confirming to I.S. 432 (Part-1) of
1966 and I.S. 1786 of 1976 amended time to time.
Required quantity of explosive shall be brought by the contractor from the Govt.
authorized depot. Document such shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge
only. Skilled person to be kept on work site for all blasting operation.
The structural steel to confirm I. S. 800 1962 and subsequent revision thereof
quality control on the site should be the responsibility of the Engineer-in-charge
with necessary equipment and labour made available by the contractor. It is the
responsibility of the contractor to prove to the site Engineer that this work meet
the required specifications. The responsibility of quality control of work will be
of the site Engineer who will be given necessary guidance and administrative
support by the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge will be the overall in

37
charge of the quality control on the site. The Contractor will be the ultimate
responsible for the quality .
36. MODE OF PAYMENT OF THE QUANTITIES OF EXCAVATION,

MASONRY AND CONCRETE ITEMS EXECUTED IN EXCESS OF 125%
Clause No. 38 of B-1 Tender form pertains to payment of quantities of different

items of schedule 'B' in excess of 125% of the Tendered quantities. It is to be
clarified that in case of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata in the
present Tender, this clause will become applicable only if the total quantity of
excavation (i.e. quantity given in schedule ‘B’part Ior II for Excavation in soft
strata and quantity for excavation in hard strata) exceeds by 125% during
execution..Quantity of excavation in part I(soft and hard strata)and in part II (soft
and hard strata) will be considered seperately For this purpose.for payment of
quantity executed in excess of 125% of total quantity of excavation, the following
procedure will apply.
CASE–1
Where the quantity of excavation executed exceeds 125% total of tendered quantity of
items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata, but quantity executed of anyone of
the individual items is less than or equal to the tendered quantity, for that item all the
excess quantity beyond 125% of total tendered quantity in items of excavation in soft
hard strata, will be paid by revising the rate of only that item where excess has
occurred.
CASE–2
Where total quantity of excavation executed for both items (excavation in soft strata
and hard strata) exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantity, quantity in excess of
125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the ratio of Executed
Executed quantity of individual item of excavation
Total executed quantity of item of excavation in soft strata and hard strata.
Total executed quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be
paid by revising the rate of individual items as per clause 38 (2) subject to the
provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual
item executed beyond 125% of the Tendered quantity.
In case if executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of excavation in soft
strata and hard strata, these will be treated on similar lines as (1) and (2) above.
CASE–3

38
Where total quantity of all masonry items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all masonry items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the ratio of
executed quantity of individual item of masonry /

total executed quantity of all masonry items taken together.
Total executed quantity of items of masonry will be paid by revising the rate of
individual items as per clause 38 (2) subject to the provision that the revision of rate
will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond 125% of
the Tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity less than 75% of the total quantity of all masonry items,
these will be treated on similar lines as (1) and (2) above.
CASE–4
Where total quantity of all concrete items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all concrete items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the ratio of ..
Executed quantity of individual item of concrete
Total executed quantity of all concrete items taken together.
Total executed quantity of items of concrete items taken together and will be paid by
revising the rate of individual items as per clause 38, (2) subject to the provision that
the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed
beyond the Tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity less than 75% of the total quantity of all concrete items,
taken together,will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.For
paymentof quantity in excess of 125%of tendered quantity for item other than
excavation mosonary and concrete items,provision clause38(2)of B-1 tender form will
be applicable.
Payment of work done under items of excavation in soft strata and strata will be
made @90%of the contract rate in R.A.Bills for all excavated quantities till the final
designed levels of excavation are achive as conform by the engineer-in-charge .The
cross section as per design shall be deemed to,have been achieved only if no work
remains to be executed between the two adjacent Cross Section of canal.100%payment
of contract rate in R.A.Bill may be released only after the work of excavation is
completed between two adjacent.Cross section and continuously from one end of canal
to the other No.intermediate reaches will be considered.
37. SPECIAL ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

39
37.1 The Contractor shall deploy the following machines for this work as specified in
the pre-qualification document. The machines shall be retained on site for
the duration of the Contract (as per the work schedule) and all machines
must be maintained in good working order.
a) 2 Nos. excavator (e.g. Poclains) with a minimum of 5 numbers of

tippers in good working conditions
b) 2 Nos. water tanker of adequate capacity in good working

condition.
c) 1 Nos. of Vibratory roller & 1 power roller of 8 to 10 capacity.
d) At least 1 mechanical or pneumatic tamper /rammer for earthworks

compaction around structures and other areas where the rollers
cannot access
e) If a sheep-foot type roller is not available then 1 farm tractor fitted

with disc harrows, for scarifying the layer before a new layer is
placed.
37.2 The Contractor shall have at least 2 No. qualified Engineer (full time
employees) with a minimum of 5 years experience assigned to supervise
the work. At least 1 supervisor shall be on site at all times. Engineer on
contract will not be accepted.
37.3 The Contractor shall have a well established field laboratory necessary for
soil testing, sand testing and concrete sampling (testing equipments should
be owned by him) set up on site, with experienced staff to carry out the
tests.
37.4 Quality control on the site shall be the responsibility of the Engineer-in–
charge with necessary equipment and labour made available by the
contractor. It is responsibility of the contractor to prove the site engineer
that his work meets the required specifications. The responsibility of the
daily quality control of work will be of the Site Engineer who will be
given necessary guidance and administrative support from the Engineer in
Charge. The Engineer in Charge will be overall in-charge of the quality
control on this work. The cost involved with the quality control on the site
is responsibility of the contractor

40
37.5 All references to “Proctor Density” “Modified Proctor Density” or

“Standard Proctor Density” in the Contract documents should be taken to
mean "Standard Proctor Density" in the context of this Contract.
37.6 In executing the work, the Contractor should undertake the earthworks,
masonry works and concrete works simultaneously in order that the work
can be completed within the shortest possible period.
37.7 The final payment to the Contractor will only be made after a Completion
Report for the works has been approved by the Engineer-in-charge and
the Certificate of Completion has been issued (as per clause 7 of
Conditions of Contract). The Completion Report is to comprise of (1)
record drawings (2) quality control records (3) excess/saving note (4)
materials test reports and (5) a Completion Inspection Survey of all
components with design compliance certified by Engineer-in-charge.
38. BLASTING BOULDER –-

Measurement for blasting boulders bigger than 0.1 cum not covered by the
excavation in over burden or compulsory excavation viz. C.O.T., Drains, H.R W.W etc
.as indicated in the foregoing shall be taken on stacks of regular size. All such material
for measurements shall be stacked in compact manners at convenient spot near
excavation of work. Before final disposal at specified area without any extra cost, for
arriving at the quantity to be paid for 50% of the measured stack volume shall be
deducted from stacked measurement for voids. Such net quantities arrived at for
payment will be deducted form quantity of the overburden and shall be paid in the
item of excavation in hard strata. Boulders which are not to be paid for rock
excavation will be disposed off.
39. FORMATION OF WATER USERS CO-OPERATIVE/ ASSOSIATION
SOCIETY. (WUA)
The contactors shall assist for the formation of water user co-operative/
association (WUA) of the farmers under command. The contractor should complete all
the formalities for the formation of WUA for registration of the WUA with the
competent authority. The contractor shall also made all the requirement for the all site
visits and study tours including all necessary expenses required for transportation,
lodging and boarding of the representative team of the WUA to the near by successful
water Users Co-Op Society/Association in the region or adjacent region and WALMI
Aurangabad. He should also make necessary arrangement for imparting the required
training to the members of the WUA. All the these activities are to be carried out
under the supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and in full cooperation of the
beneficiaries.

41
40. Quarry Boulders:- a) While working out the rate of embankment items from
borrow area (both for casing and hearting) the presence of boulders of size more
than 0.1 cum in the borrow area has not been contemplated. However, during the
actual operation of the borrow area, if it is noticed that the borrow areas contain
boulders of size more than 0.1 cum, then the efforts required to operate these
borrow areas in start a containing boulders of more than 0.1 cum size, will be
considered as stipulated hereafter.
b) In case, it becomes evident from the detailed record which the contractor
shall keep from time to time as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and get it
certified from the Engineer-in-charge the borrow areas contain boulders of size
more than 0.1 cum, the contractor may claim for the extra efforts taken for
quarrying in the borrow area in strata be considered only if all the boulders of
size more than 0.1 cum, met with in the borrow area quarry excavation, are
neatly stacked and for which measurements shall be taken and recorded in the
measurement Book and quantity arrived at after a deduction of 50% of the
stacked quantity for voids, will be considered for the purpose of this claim and
dealt with as an Extra Item.
The claim for extra efforts will be considered for the stacked quantity less voids
at 50% of contract rate of item No. 2 (including excalation as per formula I
contract) of this contract or 50% of the Regional Schedule of Rates for the item
of excavation in Hard Rock, applicable for the relevant year of execution,
whichever is lower, subject to the provision that the actual payment will be made
only after the completion of the embankment work under the item of
embankment from borrow area in the working season. It shall be the entire
responsibility of the contractor to maintain full data from time to time, preferably
every month, about the boulders (more than 0.1 cum size) stacked and get it
certified from the Engineer-in-charge, without which no claim shall become
tenable and will therefore not be considered.

42
APPENDIX ‘A’
Details of the works of similar type and magnitude carried out by the Tenderer
Sr. Name of Place and Tendered Time in Stipulated Principal
No. work Country Cost which date of Features
Rs. In lakh completed completion
& actual
date of
completion
with reasons
(if delayed)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

43
APPENDIX ‘B’
Details of other works tendered for and works in hand as on the date of submission of the Tender.
Sr. Name of Place & Works in hand Works tendered for Remarks
No. work Country
Tendered Cost of Anticipated Estimate Date by Stipulated
cost remaining date of cost which date
Rs. in work Rs. completion in Rs. decision is or period of
lakh In lakh Lakhs expected completion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

44
APPENDIX ‘C’
Details of plant & machinery immediately available with the Tenderer for use
on this work.
Sr Name of equipment No. of Kind Capacity Age and Prese Remarks
. Units of location nt
N Make condition locati
o. on
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A Excavation Drilling
&Grouping Equipment
1
2
3
B Crushing Concreting
&Hoisting Equipment
1
2
3
C Transporting Equipment
1
2
3
D Pumping workshop
&Miscellaneous Equipment
1
2
3

45
APPENDIX ‘D’
Details of Technical Personnel with the Tenderer
Sr. Description Name in full Length Qualific Professional Remarks

No. of ation Experience
Service & details of
in firm work carried
out
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1. Project Manager
2. Works Manager
(Civil.Senior
Engineer)
3.
Work Manager
(Mechanical and
Electrical)
4.
Supervisors

46
APPENDIX ‘E’
DECLERATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
1. I/We ---------------------------------------------------------------------Contractor(S) hereby

undertake that I/We shall Pay the labours engaged on the work as indicated in Annexure A
to Section I-Detailed Tender Notice,wages as per Minimum wages act.1948 and
amendments theretoapplicable to the zone in which work lies and act accordingly. I/We
also undertake to abide by the various laws in force and extend necessary facilitiec and
amenities to the staff and workers employed by me/us.
2. I/We hereby declare that I/We have made myself /ourself /thoroughly conversant with
the local conditions regarding all materials and labour on which I/We have bidded my/our
rates for this work. The specifications of this work have-been carefully studied and
understood by me /us before submitting this tender.
3. I/We hereby undertake to indemnify ana:hereby indemnify the Govt.against all

liabilities arising out of application of all labour laws viz.the minimum wages act,ESIS
and PF Act ctc.with reference to labour engaged on subject work.
4. All leads and lifts charges for construction material required are included I the rates of
items under the contract and are agree by me/us unconditionally. No claim for lead & lift
will be admissible is clear to me/us and I/We give an undertaking that no claim on this
issue will be performed by me/us in this contractor.
5. I/WE here by declare that Iself ,owner of company/propiter of firm or Partner of

company carefully read & accepted the term& conditions of online tenderbooklet.
All the submitted documents for this tender in Envelop No.1 is true & completed.I /we
promise & accepted that there is no any mis-representative or falsy information.If the mis-
representative or falsy information seen I/We are binded for take any legal action against
me.
Signature Of Contractor.

47
APPENDIX 'F'
FORM OF TERM DEPOSIT RECEIPT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR
No.
_________________________________________________________________________
(Name of Bank)
TERM DEPOSIT RECEIPT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR

No.
___________________________________________________________________________
Received from the Executive Engineer ____________________________________
the sum of Rupees ________________________________________________________
which is placed to his credit with the ____________________________________________

(Name of Bank)
____________________________________________ as Term Deposit for the one year.
Signature of the Executive Engineer

For
________________________
(Name of Bank)
AGENT

48
APPENDIX - 'G'
BANK GUARANTEE
Security for performance :
1) In consideration of the Governor of Maharashtra (hereinafter called as the

Government) having agreed to exempt ____________________________
______________________________________________________________
(hereinafter called ‘the said Contractor’) from the demand, under the terms and
conditions of Agreement dated ______________________________________
made between ____________________________________________________
and ______________________________________ (here in after called ‘the said
Agreement) of security deposit for the due fulfillment by the said Contractor of
the terms and conditions contained in the said Agreement on production of a
Bank Guarantee for Rs._____________ (Rs. _______________
________________________________________________________only)
we, ___________________________________________________________
(here in after referred to as ‘the Bank’) at the request of ____________________

__________________________________Contractor do here by under take to
Pay the Government an amount not exceeding Rs.________________ against
any loss or damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the
Government by reason of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms
or conditions contained in said Agreement.
2) We, __________________________________________________________do
hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee
without any demur, merely on a demand from the Government stating that the
amount claimed is due by way of loss or damages caused to or would be caused
to or suffered by the Government by reason of breach by the said Contractor of
any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reason of

49
the Contractor’s failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made
on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the
Bank under this guarantee. However our liability under this guarantee shall be
restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. _________________
3) We undertake to pay to the Government any money so demanded not

withstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor in any suit or
proceeding pending before any court or Tribunal relating there to, our liability
under this present being absolute and unequivocal.
The payment so made by as under this bond shall be a valid discharge or our
liability for payment there under and the Contractor shall have no claim against
us for making such payment.
4) We,__________________________________________________ further agree

that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and affect during the
period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreements and that it
shall continue to be enforceable till dues of the Government under or by virtue of
the said Agreements have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or
till (Office/Department) Ministry of _______________________________
certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and
properly carried out by the said Contractor and accordingly discharge this
guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in
writing on or before the ________________________________________
We shall be discharged from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.
5) We,____________________________________________________ further
agree with the Government that the Government shall have the fullest liberty
without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations
hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to
extend time of performance by the said Contractor from time to time or postpone
for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the

50
Government against the said Contractor , and to for bear or enforce any of the
terms and conditions relating to the said Agreement, and we shall not to be
relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being
granted to the said Contractor or for any forbearance act, or Commission on the
part of the Government or any indulgence by the Government to the said
Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law
relating to sureties would” but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us .
6) This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the
Bank or the Contractor.
7) We, ____________________________________________________________
lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the
previous consent of the Government in writing.
Dated the _________________________ day of _________________ 20
for _____________________________________________________________
_________________ (indicate the name of Bank) _________________________

51
B - 1 TENDER FORM
RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND WATER CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT
Percentage Rate Tender and Contract for Works P.W.D. 286 e
GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF CONTRACTORS
1. All work proposed to be executed by Contract shall be notified in a form of

Invitation to Tender, pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Executive
Engineer and signed by the Executive Engineer.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting
and opening Tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work; also the
amount of earnest money to be deposited with the Tender and the amount of
security deposit to be deposited by the successful Tender and the percentage, if
any, to be deducted from bills. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees,
royalties, octroi dues and ground rents will be granted. Copies of the
specifications designs and drawing and estimated rates, scheduled rates, and any
other documents required in connection with the work which will be signed by
the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification shall also be open for
inspection by Contractors at the office of the Executive Engineer, Minor
Irrigation Division,Zilla Parishad Yavatmal during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications

recommended by a Contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf
of the Government of Maharashtra such specification with designs and drawing
shall form part of the accepted Tender.
2. In the event of the Tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each
partner there of and in the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed
on his behalf by a person holding a power-of -attorney authorizing him to do so.
i) The Contractor shall pay along with Tender Rs.000/-(InWord – only) as

and by way of earnest money. The Contractor may pay the said amount by
forwarding deposit, along with the Tender a receipted treasury challan for
the said amount Term Deposit Receipt for 12 months for the said amount
drawn on any Scheduled Bank for the like amount in favour of the
Executive Engineer or an earnest money exemption certificate. The said
amount of earnest money shall not carry any interest whatsoever.
ii) In the event; of his Tender being accepted, subject to the provisions of sub-
clause (iii) below, the said amount of earnest money shall be appropriated

52
towards the amount of Security Deposit payable by him under Condition of

General Conditions of Contract.
iii) If, after submitting the Tender, the Contractor withdraws his offer, or
modifies the same or if after, the acceptance of his Tender the Contractor
fails or neglects to furnish the balance of security deposit, without prejudice
to any other rights and powers of the Governments here-under or in law,
Government shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money
and the additional earnest money deposited by him.
iv) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money
deposited by the Contractor shall, unless it is prior there to forfeit under the
provision of Sub-Clause (iii) above, be refunded to him on his passing
receipt therefore.
3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm,
should also be signed by all the partners, except where the Contractors are
described in their Tender as a firm, in which case the receipts shall be signed in
the name of the firm, by one of the partners or by some other person having
authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.
4. Any person who submits a Tender shall fill up usual printed form stating at what
percentage he is willing to undertake the work. Tenders which propose any
alteration in the work specified in the said form of invitation to Tender or in the
time allowed for carrying out the work or which contain any other conditions of
any sort, will be liable to rejection. Tender shall have the name and the number
of the work to which they refer written outside the envelope.
5. The Add.Chief Executive Officer,Z.P.Yavatmal or his duly authorized

assistant will open Tenders in the presence of intending Contractors who may be
present at the time, and will enter the amounts of the several Tenders in a
comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a Tender being accepted
the Contractor shall thereupon for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the
specification and other document mentioned in rule. In the event of a Tender
being rejected the Divisional Officer shall refund the amount of the earnest
money deposited by the Contractor after obtaining a receipt for the return of
earnest money.
6. The officer competent to dispose off the Tenders shall have the right of rejecting
all or any of the Tenders.

53
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a Contractor in regard
to any matter relating to this Tender or the Contract shall be valid and binding on
Government unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.
8. The memorandum of work to be Tendered for and the schedule of the material to
be supplied by the Rural Development and Water Conservation Department and
their rates shall be filled in and completed by the Office of the Executive
Engineer, before the Tender form is issued. If a form issued to an intending
tender has not been so filled and completed, he shall request the said office to
have this done before he completes, and delivers his Tender.
9. All works shall be measured by net standard measure and according to the rules
and custom of the Rural Development and Water Conservation Department
without reference to any local custom.
10. Under no circumstances shall any Contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates
for any items in this Contract.
11. A certificate of registration as approved Contractor, in respect of Tenders from

registered Contractor should be produced with the Tender.
12. All corrections, additions or pasted slips should be initialed.
13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual method in the
Rural Development and Water Conservation Department and no proposals to
adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer’s decision as
to what is the usual method in use in the Rural Development and Water
Conservation Department will be final.
14. The successful tender should produce to the satisfaction of the competent
authority accepting the Tender a valid and current license issued in his favour
under the Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Rule 1970, and the
Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition Rule) Rule 1971 before
starting the work. On failure to do so the acceptance of the Tender will be liable
to be withdrawn and also the earnest money will be forfeited to Government.
15. Every tender shall submit along with the Tender information regarding the
income tax circle or ward of the district in which he is assessed to income tax, the
reference to the number of the assessment and the assessment year.
16. The Contractor will have to construct shed at work site for storing controlled and
valuable materials having double locking arrangements. The materials will then
be taken for use in the presence of the Departmental persons. No. materials will

54
be allowed to be removed form the site of works, without prior permission of

Engineer-In-Charge.
17. Sale Tax Registration Certificate under sales Tax (Re-enacted Act) 1989 issued
by the Sale Tax Department (As per I.D. Circular No. Misc.
1098/3007/1985/981) M.P. (P) Mantralaya. Mumbai. Dt. 13.11.1989) must be
submitted in envelope No.1.
18. VAT registration certificate in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods

involved in the executions of a work contract under the provision of rule 58 of
Maharashtra added tax Act 2005 should be submitted in original or certified copy
in No. 1. (4% recovered from those who are unregistered under VAT act 2005.

55
TENDER OF WORK
I/We hereby Tender for the execution for the Governor of Maharashtra (here-in-
before and here-in-after referred to as “Government”) of the work specified in the
under written memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum at
______________ (% in words ___________________________________) percent
below / above the estimated rates tendered in Schedule B (memorandum showing
items of work to be carried out) and in accordance in all respect with the
specifications, design, drawing, and instructions in writing referred to in Rule 1 of
General Rules and Direction for Guidance of Contractors and in clause 13 of the
annexed Conditions of Contract and agree that when materials for the work are
provided by Government such materials and the rates to be paid for them shall be as
provided in the Schedule ‘A’ hereto.
MEMORANDUM
a)General description :.Construction of :
b) Estimated cost ...................................... : Rs. /-
c) Earnest money ................................................ : Rs. 000/-/-
d) Security deposit
i) Cash (not less than the amount of : Rs.000/-/-
earnest money) 2 %
ii) To be deducted from current bills 3 % : Rs. 000/-

Total (i) + (ii) = : Rs. 000/-
e) Percentage if any to be deducted from R A bills :

so as to make up the total amount required as
security deposit by the time half the work as
measured by the cost is done.
f) Time allowed for the completion of : (Calendar months)
work from date fixed in written order including monsoon
to commence.
Should this Tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the
terms and provision of Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract
annexed hereto so far as applicable, and in default thereof to forfeit and pay to
Government the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.
I/We agree that this offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period
of 90 days from the date fixed for opening the same and thereafter until it is withdrawn
by me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the Tenders and
sent by registered post AD. or otherwise delivered at office of such authority.

56
Term Deposit Recept for a period of one year

Treasury/BankChallan _________________________________________Term
Deposit Receipt for a period of two year ___________ No. ___________ Date
______________ Deposit Term Receipt, for the 24 month in Treasury / Bank Challan
respect of the sum of Rs. _________________/- representing the earnest money
is herewith forwarded. The amount of earnest money shall not bear interest and shall
be liable to be forfeited to the Government should I/ We fail to (1) abide by the
stipulation to keep the offer open for the period mentioned above or (2) sign and
complete the Contract documents as required by the Engineer and furnish the security
deposit as specified in the item (d) of the memorandum contained in paragraph 1
above within the time limit laid down in clause (1) of the annexed General Conditions
of Contract. The amount of earnest money may be adjusted towards the security
deposit or refunded to me/us if so desired by me us in writing, unless the same or any
part thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.
I/We have secured exemption from payment of earnest money after executing the
necessary bond in favour of the Government, a true copy of which is enclosed
herewith. Should any occasion for forfeiture of earnest money for this work arise due
to failure on my/our part to (1) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open; for the
period mentioned above or (2) sign and complete the Contract documents and furnish
the security deposit as specified in item (d) of the memorandum contained in
paragraph 1 above within the time limit laid down in clause (1) of the annexed General
conditions of Contract the amount payable by me/us may at the option of the Engineer,
be recovered out of the amount deposited in lump sum of securing exemption in so for
the same may extend in terms of the said bond and in the event of the deficiency out of
any other money which are due or payable to me/us by the Government under any
other Contract or transaction of any nature whatsoever or otherwise
Signature of Contractor Contractor

before submission of Tender - Address
Dated the ____________
day of _______________ 2012
Signature of witness (Witness)
Contractor’s signature (Address)
The above Tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the Governor of
Maharashtra.
Signature of the officer by whom accepted.
On dated the ____day of ________ 2012

57
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE - 1: SECURITY DEPOSIT
The person/persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor)
which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his
heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns) shall
(A) within 10 days, which may be extended by the Superintending Engineer,

concerned, upto 15 days (if the Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so)] of
the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender deposit with
the Executive Engineer in cash or in Government securities endorsed to the
Executive Engineer, (if deposited for more than 12 months) of sum sufficient
which will made up the full Security Deposit specified in the tender or
(B) permit Government at the time of making any payment to him for work done
under the contract to deduct such a bill amount to Five percent of all money so
payable such deduction to be held by the Government, by way of security
deposit, provided always that in the event of the contractor depositing a lump-
sum by way of security deposit as contemplated at (A) above, then and in such
case, if the sum so deposited shall not amount to Two percent of the total
estimated cost of the work it shall be lawful for Government at the time of
making any payment to the contractor for work done under the contract to make
up the full amount of-Three percent by deducing a sufficient sum on such
payment as last aforesaid until the full amount of the Security Deposit is made
up. All compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to
Government under the terms of his contract may be deducted from or paid by the
sale of sufficient part of his Security Deposit or from the interest arising there
from, or from any sums which may be due or may become due by Government to
the contractor under any other contract or transaction of any nature on any
account whatsoever and in the event of his Security Deposit being reduced by
reason of any such deductions or sale as aforesaid the contractor shall, within ten
days thereafter, make good in cash or Government securities endorsed as
aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or raised by sale
of his Security Deposit or any part thereof. The security Deposit referred to, when
paid in cash may, at the cost of the depositor, be converted into interest bearing
securities provided that the depositor has expressly desired this in writing.
If the amount of the security deposits to be paid in a lump sum within the period
specified at (A) above, the tender/ Contract already accepted shall be considered as
cancelled and legal steps taken against the contractor for recovery of the amounts. The
amount of the Security Deposit lodged by a contractor shall be refunded along with the
payment of the final bill if the date upto which the contractor has agreed to maintain

58
the work in good order, is over. If such date is not over, only 90% amount of Security
Deposit shall be refunded along with the payment of the final bill. The amount of
Security deposit retained by the Government shall be released after expiry of period up
to which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the
event of the contractor failing or neglecting to complete rectification of work within
the period up to which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order,
than, subject to provisions of clause- 17 and clause- 20 hereof, the amount of Security
Deposit retained by Government shall be adjusted towards the excess cost incurred by
the department on rectification work.
Additional Security Deposit
In case contractor's offer is less than 90% or more than 110% of the updated estimates
cost put to tender additional security deposit in the from of irrevocable Bank
Guarantee valid for entire period of contract, shall be submitted to the engineer-in-
charge at the time of completing tender documents. The Additional Security Deposit to
be paid by the contractor will be worked out as below.
Additional Security Deposit S = (P-10) x 10

100
Where,
S = Percentage @ which the additional security deposit will have to be paid on the
estimated cost put to under.
P* = Percentage quoted by tender above or below the estimated rates.
Non submission of the above Additional Security Deposit will result into forfeiture of
the EMD
The additional Security Deposit shall be refunded to the contractor on issuing of the
completion certificate by the engineer-in-charge as stipulated in the Clause No 7 of the
contract, provided that the engineer-in-charge, if demanded in writing by the
contractor shall, from time to time, release the Additional Security Deposit in parts
which are proportionate to the amount of the completed work.
The Security Deposit will not be accepted in form of insurance, cost bond.
Note :- * This will be the same percentage as that in the tender at (e).

59
CLAUSE – 2: COMPENSATION FOR DELAY
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be strictly
observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to
commence work is given to the contractor. The work shall, throughout the stipulated
period of the contract, be proceeded with, with all due diligence (time being deemed to
be the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor) and the contractor shall pay
as compensation an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the
Superintending Engineer, (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide, of the
amount of the estimated cost of the whole work as shown in the tender for every day
that the work remains un-commenced, or unfinished after the proper date. And further
to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall be
bound in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to
complete.
% of the work % of the time
5% 25%
68% 50%
88% 75%
100% 100%
Note
The quantity of the work to be done within a particular time to be specified above shall
be fixed and insured in balance space kept for the purpose by the officer competent to
accept the contracts (after taking into consideration the circumstances of each case)
and abide by the program of detailed progress laid down by the Executive Engineer
(Page No. ……..).
The following proportion will usually be found suitable in percentage of the time
*Reasonable progress of earth work in 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 of the total period 30%, 60%, 95%
progress respectively of value of work.
In the event of the contractor failing to comply with this condition he shall be liable to
pay, as compensation, an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the
Superintending Engineer, whose decision in writing shall be final, may decide of the
estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity of work remains
incomplete.
Provided always that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provision
of this Clause shall not exceed 10% of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the
tender.

60
CLAUSE-3: ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS

FORFEITED
In any case in which under any Clause or Clauses of this contract, the contractor shall
have rendered himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his
Security Deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments) or in case of
abandonment of the work, owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any
other cause, the Executive Engineer on behalf of the Government of Maharashtra, shall
have power to adopt any of the following courses, he may deem best suited to the
interest of Government.
a) To rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor
under the hand of the Executive Engineer, shall be conclusive evidence) and in
that case the Security Deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and be
absolutely at the disposal of Government.
b) To carryout the work or any part of the work departmentally debiting the
contractor with the cost of the work, expenditure incurred on tools ad plants, and
charges on additional supervisory; staff including the cost of work-charged
establishment employed for getting the un-executed part of the work completed
and crediting him with the value of the work done departmentally in all respect in
the same manner and at the same rate as if it had been carried out by the
contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Executive
Engineer as to the cost and other allied expenses so incurred and as to the value
of the work so done departmentally shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.
c) To order that the work of the contract be measured up, to take such part thereof,
as shall be unexecuted out of his hands and to give it to another contractor to
complete, in which case all expenses incurred on advertisement for fixing a new
contract / agency, additional supervisory staff including the cost of work-charged
establishment and cost of the work executed by the new contract agency will be
debited to the contractor and the value of the work done or executed through the
new contractor shall be credited to the contractor in all respects and in the same
manner and at the same rates as if it has been carried out by the contractor under
the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to all the
cost of the work and other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the
unexecuted work done by the new contractor and as to the value of the work so
done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
d) In case the contract, shall be rescinded under clause(a) above, the contractor shall
not be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum for any work therefore actually
performed by him under this contract unless and until the Executive Engineer

61
shall have certified in writing the performance of such work and the amount
payable to him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the
amount so certified. In the event of either of the courses referred to in clause (a)
or (c) being adopted and the cost of the work executed departmentally or through
a new contractor and other allied expenses exceeding the value of such work
credited to the contractor, the amount of excess shall be deducted from any
money due to the contractor by government under the contract or otherwise
howsoever or from his security deposit or the sale proceeds thereof provided,
however, that the contractor shall have no claim against Govt. Even if, the
certified value of the work done departmentally or though a new contractor
exceeds the certified cost of such work and allied expenses, provided always that
whichever of the three courses mentioned in clauses (a), (b) or (c) is adopted by
the Executive Engineer, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for
any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any
materials, or entered into any engagements, or made any advances on account of,
with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract.
CLAUSE-4: ACTION WHEN THE PROGRESS OF ANY PARTICULAR

PORTION OF THE WORK IS UNSATISFACTORY
If the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory, the Executive
Engineer shall not withstanding that the general progress of the work is in accordance
with clause, be entitled to take action under Clause- 3(b), after giving the contractor
ten days’ notice in writing and the contractor will have no claim for compensation, for
any loss sustained by him owning to such action.
CLAUSE-5: CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION

IF ACTION NOT TAKEN UNDER CLAUSE- 3
If any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by
Clause- 3 & Clause-4 hereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall not
have been exercised, the non exercise, thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of
the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in any
future case of default by the contractor for which under any Clause or Clauses hereof
he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his Security
Deposit and the liability of the contractor for past and future compensation shall
remain unaffected.
Power to take a possession of or require removal of or sell contractor's plant
In the event of the Executive Engineer taking, action under sub clause (a) or (c) of
clause 3 may, if he so desires, take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials and
stores in or upon the work or the site thereof or belonging to the contractor, or
procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part
thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rates or in the case

62
of contract rates not being applicable at current market rates, to be certified by the
Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the
Executive Engineer may, by notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the work,
foremen or other authorized agent require him to remove tools, plant, materials, or
stores from the premises within a time specified in such notice, and in the event of the
contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Executive Engineer, may
remove them at the contractor's expense or sell them by auction or private sale at the
risk and account of the contractor in all respects; and the certificate of the Executive
Engineer as to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and
expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
CLAUSE-6: EXTENSION OF TIME
If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of work on the
grounds of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other
grounds, he shall apply in writing to the Executive Engineer before the expiry of the
period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days from the date on
which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking for extension
occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive Engineer may with prior approval of
the officer accepting tenders, if in his opinion there are reasonable grounds for
granting an extension grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The
decision of the Executive Engineer in this matter shall be final.
CLAUSE-7: FINAL CERTIFICATE
On completion of the work the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by the
Executive Engineer (hereinafter called engineer-in-charge) of such completion but no
such certificate shall be given or shall the work be considered to be completed until the
contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall have been
executed all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have cleaned off the
dirt from all woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any building in
or upon which the work has been executed, or of which may have had possession for
the purpose of executing the work, not until the work shall have been measured by the
engineer-in-charge, or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates,
until they have received the approval of the engineer-in-charge, the said measurements
being binding and conclusive against the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to
comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal of scaffolding, surplus
materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or before the date fixed for the
completion of the work, the engineer-in-charge may, at the expenses of the contractor,
remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and dispose of the same as he
thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay the
amount of all expenses so incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such

63
scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by
the sale thereof.
CLAUSE-8: PAYMENTS ON INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE TO BE

REGARDED AS ADVANCES
No payment shall be made for any work, estimated to cost less than Rupees one
thousand, before whole of the work is completed and a certificate of completion given.
But in the case of the works estimated to cost more than Rupees one thousand the
contractor shall on submitting a monthly bill thereof, be entitled to receive payment
proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed by the engineer-in-
charge, whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum so payable, shall be
final and conclusive. against the contractor. Payment will be made as availability of
funds no claim for delay if any will be entertained.All such intermediate payments
shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final payments only and
not as payments for work actually done and completed, and shall not preclude the
engineer-in-charge from requiring bad unsound, imperfect or unskillful work to be
removed or taken away and reconstructed or re-erected, nor shall any such payment be
considered as an admission of the due performance of the contract or any part thereof
in any respect or the accruing of any claim, not shall it conclude, determine or affect in
any other way the power of engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement and
adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in any other way vary or affect the
contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the
date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise the engineer-in-charge's
certificate of the measurements and of the total amount payable for the work shall be
final and binding on all parties.
CLAUSE-9: PAYMENT AT REDUCED RATES ON ACCOUNT OF ITEMS OF

WORK NOT ACCEPTED AS COMPLETED TO BE AT THE
DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs. 1000/- agreed to
within, shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having completed
fully in accordance with the sanctioned specifications. In cases where the items of
works are not accepted as, so completed, the engineer-in-charge may make payment
on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the
preparation of final or on account bills.
CLAUSE-10: BILLS TO BE SUBMITTED MONTHLY
A bill shall be submitted by the contractor in each month or before the date fixed by
the engineer-in-charge for all works executed in the previous month, and the
Executive-in-charge shall take or cause to be taken the requisite measurements for the

64
purpose of having the same verified and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be
taken adjusted, if possible, within 10 days from the presentation of the bill. If the
contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as foresaid, engineer-in-
charge may depute a subordinate to measure up to said work in presence of contractor
or his duly authorized agent whose counter signature to the measurement list shall be
sufficient warrant and the engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which
shall be binding on the contractor in all respects.
CLAUSE-11: BILLS TO BE SUBMITTED ON PRINTED FORMS
The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had on application at the
office of the engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be
entered at the rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in
pursuance of these conditions, and not mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the
rates hereinafter provided for such work.
CLAUSE-12: STORES SUPPLIED BY GOVERNMENT
If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special
description of materials to be supplied from the departmental stores or if it is required
that the contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge,
(Such material and stores and the prices to be charged therefore as hereinafter
mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so
as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule
or memorandum hereto annexed) the contractor shall be supplied with such materials
and stores as may be required from time to time to be used by him for the purposes of
the contract only and the value of the full quantity of materials and stores so supplied
shall be set off or deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the
contractor under the contract or otherwise or from the security deposit, on the proceeds
of sale thereof, if the deposit is held in Government securities, same or sufficient
portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the
contractor shall remain the absolute property of Government and shall on no account
be removed from the site of the work and shall at all time to open to inspection by the
Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials unused and in perfectly good condition at the
time of completion or determination of the contract shall be returned to the
Department store, if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in a writing given
under his hand but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such materials
except with such consent of Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no claim or
compensation on account of any such materials supplied to him as aforesaid but
remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage thereto.
CLAUSE-12 (A)

65
All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. supplied by Govt. shall be
kept by the contractor under lock and key and they will be accessible to inspection by
the Executive Engineer or his authorized agent.
CLAUSE-13: WORKS TO BE, EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, ORDERS ETC
The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most
substantial and workman like manner and both as regards materials and in every other
respect in strict accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also confirm
exactly, fully and faithfully to the designs, drawings and instructions, in writing
relating to the work, i.e. signed by the engineer-in-charge and lodged in his office and
to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection,
etc., at such office or on the site of work during office hours. The contractor will be
entitled to receive three sets of contract drawings and working drawings as well as one
certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order, free of cost. Further
copies of contract drawings and working drawings, if required by him shall be
supplied at the rate of Rs.2000/- per set of contract drawing and Rs.2000/- per working
drawing except where otherwise specified.
CLAUSE-14: ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNS NOT TO

INVALIDATE CONTRACTS
The engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations in, or additions to the
original specifications, drawings designs and instructions that may appear to him to be
a necessary or advisable during the progress of the work, and the contractor shall be
bound to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection
which may be given to him in writing signed by engineer-in-charge and such alteration
shall not invalidate the contract and any additional work which the contractor may be
directed to do in the manner above specified in the tender for the main work for which
no rate is specified in this contact, then such class of work shall be carried out at the
rates entered in the schedule of rates of the division or at the rate mutually agreed upon
between the engineer-in-charge and the contractor whichever is lower.
Rates for works not entered in estimate or schedule of rates of the district
If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered in the schedule of rates of
the division, is ordered to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the
contractor shall, within 7 days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out
the work, inform the engineer-in-charge of the rate which it is his intention to charge
for such class of work, and if the engineer-in-charge does not agree to this rate he shall
by notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry it out such class of work
and arrange to carry out in such manner as he may consider advisable, provided
always that the contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure incurred by

66
him prior to the date of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such
rates or rates as shall be fixed by the engineer-in-charge. In the event of dispute, the
decision of the Superintending Engineer of the circle will be final.
Extension of time in consequence of additions or alterations

The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that
the increase in its cost occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the
original contract work and the certificate of the engineer-in-charge as to such
proportion shall be conclusive.
CLAUSE-15: NO CLAIM TO ANY PAYMENT OR COMPENSATION FOR

ALTERNATION IN OR RESTRICTION WORK
1) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the engineer-in-
charge shall for any reason whatsoever (other than default on the part of the
contractor for which the Government is entitled to rescind the contract) desires
that the whole or any part of the work specified in the tender should be suspended
for any period or that the whole or any part of the work should not be carried out
at all, he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire and upon
the receipt of such notice the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the work
wholly or in part as required, after having due regard to the appropriate stage at
which the work should be stopped or suspended, so as not to cause any damage
or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof provided that
the decision of the engineer-in-charge as to the stage at which the work or any
part of it could be or could have been safely stopped or suspended shall be final
and conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall have no claim to any
payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any notice
as aforesaid on account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the
extent specified hereinafter.
2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continued for a

continuous period exceeding 90 days, the contractor shall be at liberty to
withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract so far as it pertains
to the unexecuted part of the work by giving a 10 days prior notice in writing to
the Engineer within 30 days of the expiry of the said period of 90 days, of such
intention and requiring the Engineer to record the final measurements of the work
already done and to pay the final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor
shall be deemed to have been discharged from his obligation to complete the
remaining unexecuted work under this contract. On receipt of such notice the
Executive Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurements and make such
payment as may be finally due to the contractor within a period of 90 days from
the work already done by the contractor. Such payment shall not in any manner

67
prejudice the right of the contractor to any further compensation under the
remaining provision of this clause.
3) Where the engineer-in-charge requires the contractor to suspend the work for a
period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate, the contractor
shall be entitled to apply to the engineer-in-charge within 30 days of resumption
of work after such suspension for payment of compensation to the executive tent
of pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery rendered idle
on the site or on account of his having had to pay the salary or wages of labour
engaged by him during the said period of suspension, provided always that the
contractor shall not be entitled to any claim in respect of any such working
machinery, salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the
aggregate of such suspension or in respect of any suspension whatsoever
occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any other default on his part. The decision
of the engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.
4) IN THE EVENT OF
i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from the engineer-in-charge under sub
clause (1) in that behalf.
ii) Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligation to complete

the remaining unexecuted work under sub clause (2) on account of
continued suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days.
iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on account

of any alteration omission or substitutions in the specifications, drawings
and designs or instructions under Clause 14 (1) where such curtailment
exceeds 25% in quantity and the value of the quantity curtailed beyond 25%
at the rate for the items specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5,000/-.
It shall be open to the contractor within 90 days from the service of (i) the notice
of stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of the withdrawal from the contractual
obligations under the contract on account of the continued suspension of work or
(iii) notice under Clause 14 (1) resulting in such curtailment, to produce the
engineer-in-charge satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased or
agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work, before receipt by him
of the notice of stoppage, suspension, or curtailment and require the government
to take over on payment of such material at the rates determined by the engineer-

68
in-charge provided however, such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which
the same were acquired by the contractor. The government shall thereafter take
over the material so offered, provided the quantities offered are not in excess of
the requirement of the unexecuted works as specified in the accepted tender and
are of quality and specification approved by the Engineer. [PW& H Dept. circular
memorandum No. CAT 126859382 QI dated 22/2/78.]
CLAUSE-15 (A): NO CLAIM TO COMPENSATION ON ACCOUNT OF

LOSS DUE TO DELAY IN SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY
GOVERNMENT
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Government for
the loss suffered by him on account of delay by Government in the supply materials
entered in Schedule "A" where such delay is caused by
i) Difficulties relating to supply of railway wagons.
ii) Force majure
iii) Act of God
iv) Act of enemies of the state or any other reasonable cause beyond the control
of Government.
In the case of such delay in the supply of materials Government shall grant such
extension of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive
Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case. The
decision of the Executive Engineer as to extension of time shall be accepted as final by
the contractor.
CLAUSE-16: TIME LIMIT FOR UNFORESEEN CLAIMS
Under no circumstances, whatsoever, shall the contractor be entitled to any

compensation from Government on any account unless the contractor shall have
submitted a claim in writing to the engineer-in-charge within one month of the cause
of such claim occurring.
CLAUSE-17: ACTION AND COMPENSATION PAYABLE IN CASE OF

BAD WORK
If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded to the
contractor it shall appear to the engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the
work, that any work has been executed with unsound/imperfect or unskillful

69
workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or that any materials or articles

provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to
that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be
lawful for the engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and
then not withstanding the fact that the work, materials or articles complained of may
have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, the contractor shall be bound
forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in
part, as the case may require or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so
specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge
and cost and in the event of his failing to do so within a period to be specified by the
engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to
pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the estimate for every
day not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure so continuous and in the case of
any such failure the engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work
or remove and replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the
risk and expense in all respects of the contractor. Should the engineer-in-charge
consider that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted
or made use of it shall be within the discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates
as he may fix therefore.
CLAUSE-18: WORK TO BE OPEN TO INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR OR

RESPONSIBLE AGENT TO BE PRESENT
All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract
shall at all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the engineer-in-charge
and his subordinates, and the contractor shall at all times during the usual working
hours, and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the
engineer-in-charge or his sub ordinate to visit the works shall have been given to the
contractor, either himself, be present to receive orders and instructions or have
responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to
the contractor's duly authorized agent shall be considered to have the same force and
effect as if they had been given to the contractor himself.
CLAUSE-19: NOTICE TO BE GIVEN BEFORE WORK IS COVERED UP
The contractor shall give not less than five days’ notice in writing to the engineer-in-
charge or his subordinate in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise
placing beyond the reach of measurements any work in order that the same may be
measured, and correct dimensions thereof taken before the same is so covered, up or
placed beyond the reach of measurements and if any work, shall be covered up or
placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice having been given or
consent obtained the same shall be uncovered at the contractor's expenses and in
default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the

70
materials with which the same was executed. [PWH Department Mumbai's circular No
CAT 1270/2632 Desk-2 dated 09/05/1977.]
CLAUSE-20: CONTRACTOR LIABLE FOR DAMAGE DONE AND FOR

IMPERFECTIONS
If during the period of 12 months from the date of completion as certified by the
engineer-in-charge pursuant to Clause 7 of the contract or months after
commissioning the work, whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Executive
Engineer, the said work is defective in any manner whatsoever, the contractor shall
forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Executive Engineer, duly
commence execution and completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the work
that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right the defects specified therein
including dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions strictly in accordance with
and in the manner prescribed and under the supervision of the Executive Engineer. In
the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said
rectification work within the period prescribed therefore, in the said notice and or to
complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the Executive Engineer
get the same executed and carried out departmentally or by any other agency at the
risk on account and at the cost of the contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on
demand pay to the Government the amount of such cost, charges and expenses
sustained or incurred by the Government of which certificate of the Executive
Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor. Such costs, charges and
expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue and in the event of the
contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without
prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Government; the same may be
recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The Government shall also
be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable or which
may therefore become payable by the Government to the contractor either in respect of
the said work or any other work, whatsoever or from the amount of security deposit
retained by Government.
CLAUSE-21: CONTRACTORS TO SUPPLY PLANT, LADDERS,

SCAFFOLDINGS, ETC.
The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special materials,
if any, as may, be supplied from the Water Conservation Department Stores in
accordance with the contract) plant, tools appliances, implements, ladders, cordage,
tackle, scaffolding and any temporary works which may be required for the proper
execution of the work, in the original, alternate or substituted form and whether
included in the specifications, other documents forming part of the contract or referred
to in these conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying
or complying with requirements of the engineer-in-charge as to any matter on which

71
under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require

together with carriage therefore to and from the work.
The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with
the means and materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting,
weighing and assisting in the measurements or examination at any time and from time
to time of the work or the materials, failing this the same may be provided by the
engineer-in-charge at the expense of the contractor and the expense may be deducted
from any money due to the contractor under the contract from his security deposit or
the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof contractor is liable for
damages arising from non-provision of lights, fencing etc. The contractor shall provide
all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from accident, shall also
be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal
proceedings, at law, that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owning to
neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be
awarded in any such suit action in proceedings to any such person, or which may with
the contractor be paid in compromising any claim by any such person.
CLAUSE-21 (A):
The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platform, gangways and
stairways and shall comply with the following regulation in connection therewith.
a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot
be safely done from a ladder or by other means
b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered

except.
i) Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person and
ii) As far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate

experience in this kind of work.
c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall.
i) be of sound material
ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which
they will be subjected and
iii) be maintained in proper condition

72
d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in

consequence of normal use.
e) Scaffolds shall not be over-loaded and so far as practicable the load shall be
evenly distributed.
f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken

to ensure the strength and stability of the scaffolds.
g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by competent persons.
h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall,

whether the scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to
ensure that it complies fully with the regulations here-in-specified.
i) Working platforms gangways and stairways shall
ii) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally
iii) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing

conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risk or persons and
stripping or slipping, and iv) be kept free from any unnecessary
obstruction
i) In the case of the working platforms, gangways or working places and stair
ways at a height exceeding (To be specified) 3 meters.
i) Every working platform and every gangway shall be closely boarded

unless other adequate measure is taken to ensure safety.
ii) Every working platform, gangway working place and stairways shall
be suitably fenced.
k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in working platform shall, except

for the time and to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the
transport of shifting of materials, be provided with suitable means to prevent
the fall of persons or materials.
I) When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling

from a height exceeding 3 meters, suitable precautions (to be prescribed)
shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or materials.

73
m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by

articles which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.
n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other
working places.
o) The contractor(s) will have to make payments to the labours as per

Minimum Wages Act.
CLAUSE- 21 (B):
The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the
hoisting
appliances to be used by him.
a) Hoisting machines and tackle, including their attachments anchorages and

supports shall
i) be of good mechanical constructions, sound material and adequate

strength and free from patent defect and
ii) be kept in good repairs and in good working order.
b) Every rope used in hoisting for lowering materials or as a means of

suspension shall be of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from
patent defect
c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after
erection on the site and before use and be re-examined in position at
intervals to be prescribed by the Government.
d) Every chain, ring, hook shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or
lowering materials or as a mean of suspension shall be periodically
examined.
e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
f) No person who is below age of 18 years shall be in control of any hoisting

machine, including any scaffold which, or give signals to the operator.
g) In the case of hoisting machine and of every chain, ring, hook, shackle,
swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of
suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

74
h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding regulation shall
be plainly marked with safe working load.
i) In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each
safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be
clearly indicated.
j) No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in regulation g)

above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose
of testing.
k) Motors gearing, transmissions, Electric wires and other dangerous part of

hoisting appliances, shall be provided with efficient safeguards.
l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a

minimum the risk of the accidental decent of the load.
m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any

part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
CLAUSE-22: MEASURE FOR PREVENTION OF FIRE
The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle trees, grass without a
written permit from the Executive Engineer when such permit is given and also
in cases when destroying out or dug up trees brush woods, grass, etc. by fire,
the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or
otherwise damaging surrounding property. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements for drinking water for the labour employed by him and provide
sanitary and other arrangements.
CLAUSE-23: LIABILITY OF CONTRACTORS FOR ANY DAMAGE DONE

OR OUTSIDE WORK AREA
Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by contractors,

labour whether in or beyond the limits of Government property including any damage
caused by the spreading of fire mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the
engineer-in-charge or such other officer as he may appoint and the estimates of the
engineer-in-charge subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer on appeal
shall be final and contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed
compensation on demand failing which the same will recovered from the contractor as
damages in the manner prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the engineer-in-charge

75
from any sums that may be due or become due from Government to the contractor
under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal
proceedings that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him owing to
neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and
cost that may be awarded by the court in consequences.
CLAUSE-24: EMPLOYMENT OF FEMALE LABOUR
The employment of female labours on works in the neighborhood of soldier’s barracks

should be avoided as far as possible.
CLAUSE-25: WORK ON WEEKLY HOLIDAYS
No work shall be done on holydays without sanction in writing of the engineer-in-

charge
CLAUSE-26: WORK NOT TO SUBLET, CONTRACT MAY BE RESCINDED

AND SECURITY DEPOSIT FORFEITED FOR SUBLETTING
IT WITHOUT APPROVAL OR FOR BRIBING A
GOVERNMENT OFFICER OR IF CONTRACTOR BECOMES
INSOLVENT
The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the
engineer-in-charge. Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited if
subletting is with approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes
insolvent, and if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt so to do or
become insolvent or commence any proceeding to be adjudicated an insolvent or make
any composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do the engineer-in-charge may by
notice in writing, rescind the contract. Also if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite
reward or advantage pedantry or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given,
promised, or offered by the contractor or any of his servants or agents to any public
officer or person in the employment of Government in any way relating to his office of
employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly of
indirectly interested in the contract the engineer-in-charge may by notice in writing
rescind the contract. In the event of a contract being rescinded the security deposit of
the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of
Government and the same consequences shall ensure as if the contract had been
rescinded under clause 3 hereof & in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to
recover or be paid for any work therefore actually performed under the contract.

76
CLAUSE-27: SUM PAYABLE BY WAY OF COMPENSATION TO BE

CONSIDERED AS REASONABLE COMPENSATION
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ACTUAL LOSS
All sums payable by contractor by way of compensation under any of these shall be
considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of government
without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has
or has not been sustained.
CLAUSE-28: CHANGES IN THE CONSTITUTION OF FIRM TO BE

NOTIFIED
In the case of tender by the partners any change in the constitution of the firm shall be
forthwith notified by the contractor to the engineer-in-charge for his information.
CLAUSE-29: WORK TO BE UNDER DIRECTION AND CONTROL OF

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER
All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and
control and subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of
the Circle for the time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and
in what manner they are to be commenced and from time to time, carried on.
CLAUSE-30
1) DECISIONS OF SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER TO BE FINAL
Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the powers
delegated to him by Government under the code rules then in force the decision
of the Superintending Engineer of circle for the time being shall be final,
conclusive and binding on all parties to the contract upon all questions relating to
the meaning of the specifications, designs, drawing and instructions, herein
before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the
work or as to any other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, in any
way arising out of or relating to the contracts, designs, drawings, specifications,
estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions, or otherwise concerning the
work, or the execution, or failure to execute the same whether arising, during the
progress of the work, or after the completion or abandonment thereof.
2) The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order passed by
the Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal against it to the
Chief Engineer concerned with the contract, work or project, provided that:

77
a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 10 lakhs (Rupees Ten lakhs)
b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 lakh (Rupees One lakh)
3) If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief Engineer as
aforesaid the contractor may, within thirty days of receipt by him of any such
order, appeal against it to the concerned Secretary, Rural Development & Water
Conservation Department, who if convinced, that prima-facie the contractor's
claim rejected by Superintending Engineer/Chief Engineer is not frivolous and
that there is some substance in the claim of contractor as would merit a detailed
examination and decision by the Standing Committee, shall order to put up to the
same to the Standing Committee at the Government level for suitable design.
CAUSE-31: STORES OF EUROPEAN OR AMERICAN MANUFACTURE TO

BE OBTAINED FROM GOVERNMENT : DELETED
CLAUSE-32: LUMP SUMS IN ESTIMATES
When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of the of
the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or
the part of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for
such items; or if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the engineer-
in-charge capable of measurement the engineer-in-charge may at his discretion pay the
lump sum amount entered in the estimate, and the certificate in writing of the
engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive against the contractor with regard to
any sum or all sums payable to him under the provision of this clause.
CLAUSE-33: ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATIONS
In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is
mentioned in rule 1, such work shall be carried out in accordance with divisional
specifications and in the event of there being no divisional specifications then in such
case the work shall be carried out in all respects in all respects with the instructions
and requirements of the engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE-34: DEFINITION OF WORK
The expression "works" or "work" where used in these conditions, shall unless there
be something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be constructed
to mean the work or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract,
whether temporary or permanent and whether original, altered substituted or
additional.

78
CLAUSE-35
Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amounts of bill, the percentage
referred to in the tender shall be deducted from / added to the gross amount of the bill
before deducting the value of any stock issued. [As per G.R.P. W.D.No.
CAT/1080/CR-330 Bldg-2 dated 10/06/87]
CLAUSE-36: REFUND OF QUARRY FEES AND ROYALTIES
All quarry fees, royalties, octroies dues and ground rent for stacking materials, if any
should be paid by the contractor.(As per PWDGRNo Sankirn/ Building 2,Mantralaya
Mumbai-32 Dt.11.8.2003)
CLAUSE- 37: COMPENSATION UNDER WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION

ACT
Irrigation Dept Government circular. No. Tender -0812 / (420/2012)/ MOP -1 /
Dated 11 Oct 2012 For excutation for work.
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his
workmen payable under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923)
(hereinafter called as the said act), for Injuries caused to the workmen If such
compensation is payable and/or paid by Government as principal employer under sub
section (1) of section 12 of the said act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be
recoverable by Government from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said
section. Such compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in clause 1
above.
CLAUSE- 37 (A)
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of providing
medical aid any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If
such expenses are incurred by Government the same shall be recoverable from the
contractor forthwith and be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of
Government from any due that may become due to the contractor.
CLAUSE- 37 (B)
The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment and first aid
apparatus available for the use of persons employed on the site, shall maintain the
same in condition suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the
following regulations in connection therewith

79
a) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided by the

contractor and the contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of
the equipment by those concerned.
b) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of

drowning all necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and
all necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.
c) Adequate provisions shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries
likely to be sustained during the course of the work.
CLAUSE-37 C
The contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of "The Apprentices Act 1961"
(III) of 1961 the rules made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to
time under the said Act and the said Rules and on his failure or neglect to do so he
shall be subject to all the liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and said
Rules". [Vide circular No. CAT/6076/3336 (400)Bldg-2 Dt. 16.08.85.]
CLAUSE-38: CLAIM FOR QUANTITIES OF WORK IN THE TENDER

Irrigation Dept Government circular. No. Tender -0812 / (420/2012)/ MOP -1 /
Dated 11 Oct 2012 For excutation for work.
1) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the tender are approximate
and no revision in tender rate shall be permitted in respect of any of the items so
long as subject to any special provision, contained in the specifications
prescribing a different percentage of permissible variation; the quantity of the
item does no exceed the tendered quantity by more than 25% and so long as the
value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in
the tender, is not more than Rs. 5000/- [(PW & H Department Resolution No.
CAT 1268/59382 Q dated 14/3/1974).]
2) (i) The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer so to do, also
carry out quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in sub clause (i)
hereof on the same condition as and in accordance with the specification in
the tender and at the rates (i) derived from the rates entered in the current
schedule of rates and in the absence of such rates
(ii) At the rates prevailing in the market. The said rates being increased or
decreased as the case may be, by percentage which the total tendered
amount bears to the estimated cost of the work as put to tender based upon
the schedule of rates applicable to the year in which the tenders were
invited; for the purpose of operation of this clause this cost shall be Rs.

80
/- (Rupees
Only)
3) Claims arising out of reduction in the tendered quantity of any item

beyond 25 percent will be governed by the provision of clause- 15 only
when the amount of such reduction beyond 25% at the rate of the item
specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5000/-
CLAUSE-39: EMPLOYMENT OF FAMINE OR OTHER LABOUR
The contractor shall employ any feminine, convict or other labour of a

particular kind or class if ordered in writing to do so by the engineer-in-
charge.
CLAUSE-40: CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN STARTING

THE WORK
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of
the work on account of any acquisition of land and in the case of
clearance works, for any delay in according sanction to estimate.
CLAUSE-41: CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN THE

EXECUTION OF WORK
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the

work on account of water standing in borrows pits or compartments. The
rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil excavation in mud, sub soil,
water or water standing in borrows pits and no claim for an extra rate
shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified
CLAUSE-42: ENTERING UPON OR COMMENCING ANY PORTION OF

WORK
The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work
except with the written authority and instructions of the engineer-in-
charge or his subordinates in charge of work; failing such authority the
contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements or payment for
work.
CLAUSE-43: MINIMUM AGE OF PERSONS EMPLOYED, THE

EMPLOYMENT OF DONKEYS AND OTHER ANIMALS

81
i) Contractor shall not employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.
ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching of string or
thin rope. The breaching must be at least 7.5 cm. wide and should be of tape
(Nawar).
iii) No animals suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation which his immature
shall be employed on the work
iv) The engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorized to remove from the work any
person or animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no
responsibility shall be accepted by Govt. for any delay caused in the completion
of the work by such removal.
v) The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers, similar
amenities shall be provided to the workers engaged on large work in urban area.
CLAUSE-44: METHOD OF PAYMENT
Payment to contractors shall be made by cheques drawn on any treasury within the
Division convenient to them, provided the amount exceeds Rs. 10/-. Amounts not
exceeding Rs. 10/- will be paid in cash.
CLAUSE-45: ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS COMPULSORY BEFORE

TENDERING FOR WORK
Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be allowed to tender for
works.
CLAUSE-46: EMPLOYMENT OF SCARCITY LABOUR
If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in village situated within

16 km of the work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are
suitable for unskilled labour, any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer or
by any person to whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in
writing to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such persons wages not
below the minimum which Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes
which may arise in connection with the implementation of this clause shall be decided
by the Engineer-in-Charge whose decisions shall be binding on contractor.
CLAUSE-47

82
The price quoted by the contractor shall not in any case exceed the control price, if
any, fixed by Government or reasonable price which is permissible for him to charge a
private purchaser for the same class and description of goods under the provisions of
Hoarding and Profiteering Prevention Ordinance, 1948, as amended from time to time.
If the price quoted exceeds, the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his
tender along with the reasons for quoting such highest price. The purchaser at his
discretion will in such case exercise the right of revising the price at any stage so as to
conform to the controlled price on the permissible under the Hoarding and Profiteering
Prevention Ordinance. These declarations will be exercised without prejudice to any
other action that may be taken against the contractor.
CLAUSE-48
The Contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him on the work
only from locally available labours and shall give preference to those persons enrolled
under Maharashtra Government and self Employment Department's Scheme.
Provided, however, that if the required unskilled labours are not available locally,
contractor shall in the first instance employ such number of persons as is available
may with previous permission in writing of the Executive engineer-in-charge of said
work obtain the rest of requirement of unskilled labour from outside the above scheme.
(As per ¿ÖÖÃÖ-Ö ×-Ö ÖÔµÖ Îú. ÃÖß‹™üß 1097 / ¯ÖÏ. Îú. 478 / ‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖ-2,
´ÖãÓ²Ö‡Ô, ×¤ü. 23/3/1998)
CLAUSE-49
Where workers are required to work near machine etc. and are liable to accidents, the
should not be allowed to wear loose clothes like Dhoti-Jhabba, etc.
CLAUSE-50
In case of material that remains surplus with the contractor from those issued for the
work contracted for the date of ascertained of the materials being surplus will be taken
as the date of sale for the purpose of sale tax and sale tax will be recovered on such
sale.
CLAUSE-51
The contractors are bound to pay the labours, according to the minimum wages Act,
1948 as amended from time to time, applicable to the zones in accordance with the
order issued in Govt. PWD "Circular No. NWS-10 dated 5/12/1958. Any
differentiation in the type of zone shall not entitle the contractor for any claims.

83
CLAUSE-52
The contractor/s has/ have to furnish income tax clearance certificate before his tender
is accepted and income tax assessment. no. and date on which he / they is / are
assessed should be given.
CLAUSE-53
The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 (37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra Contract
Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971 as amended from time to time and all
other relevant statutes and statutory provisions concerning payment of wages,
particularly to workmen employed by the contractor working on the site of the work.
In particular the contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by him on the
site of the work at the rates prescribed under the Maharashtra Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) rules 1971. If the contractor fails or neglects to pay wages
at the said rates or makes short payment and the Government makes such payment of
wages in full or part thereof less paid the contractor, as the case may be the amount so
paid by the Government to such workers shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue
and Government shall be entitled to recover the same as such from the contractor or
deduct the same from the amount payable by the Government to the contractor here
under or from any other amounts payable to him by the Government (Minimum wages
act as per Govt. circular No. CAT-1284 (120)/Bldg. 2. Dt. 14.8.85)
CLAUSE-54
The Rate to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of Sale Tax. No extra
payment on this account will be made to the contractor.
CLAUSE-55
All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the Government in
connection with the execution of the work including the amount payable in respect of
(i) Material and or stores supplied/issued here under, (ii) Charges in respect of heavy
plant machinery and equipment given on hire by the Government to the contractor for
execution by him of the work and or on which advances have been given by the
Government to the contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and
the Government may without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the
Government recover the same from contractor as arrears of land revenue, (vide P.W. &
H. Dept No. CAT/1274/4064/DESK-2 dated7/12/1976)

84
CLAUSE-56
The contractor shall engage apprentice such as brick layer, carpenter, wireman,
Plumber as well as blacksmith as recommended by the State Apprenticeship Advisor
Director for Technical Education, Dhobi Talao, Mumbai-1 on the Construction work.
(As per Govt. of Maharashtra Education Department No.TSA/5170 T 46689 Dated 7/
CLAUSE-56 (A)(No.ATS/1076/T/447125Dt.20.7.1976 ofDirector of

Technical/Education and State Apprenticeship adviser M.S.Mumbai)
A contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act at, 1961 under
rules orders issued form time to time. If he fails to do so his failure will be a breach of
the contract and the Superintending Engineer, may in his discretion, cancel the
contract. The contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability rising on
account of any violation by him of the provision of the Act. (NO. AT S7107/T/447125
DATED 20/7/1976 of Director of Technical /Education an Sate Apprenticeship adviser
M.S.Mumbai.)
CLAUSE-57: SALE TAX / VAT
The tendered rate shall be inclusive of all taxes, and ceases and shall also be inclusive
of the levies in respect etc., of works contract under the provisions of the Maharashtra
Sales Tax on transfer of property in goods involved in the execution of Works
Contract Act, 1985 (Maharashtra Act No. XXVL of 89)
As per GR. PWD No CAT/1096/CR-172 Bldg-2 dated 20.04.1998)
VAT @ 2% of the gross value of the work done should be deduct from the R.A. Bills
and 4% shall be deducted from those who are not registered under VAT (As per G.R.
PWD No. B.D.G.2005 / CR-324 / building -2, Mantralaya, Mumbai, Dated 3 March
2006).
CLAUSE-58: ANTI-MALARIA
A) The anti-malaria and other health measures shall be as directed by the Joint
Director (Malaria and Filaria) of Health Service, Pune.
B) Contractor shall ensure that mosquitogenic conditions are not created so as to

keep vector population to minimum level.
C) Contractor shall carry out anti-malaria measures in the area as per guidelines
prescribed under National Malaria Eradication programme and as directed by the
Joint Director (M & F) of Health Service, Pune.

85
D) In case of default in carrying out prescribed anti malaria measures resulting in

increase in malaria incident contractor shall be liable to pay to Government on
anti malaria measures to control the situation in addition to fine.
E) Relations with Public Authorities

The contractor shall make sufficient arrangements for draining ways the sullage
water as well as water coming from the bathing land, washing places and shall
dispose off this water in such a way as not to cause any substance. He shall also
keep the premise clean by employing sufficient number of sweepers.
The contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations, bye-laws and directions
given from 'time to time by any local of public authority in connection with this
work and shall pay fees or charges which available on him without any extra cost
to Government. (As per Govt. of Maharashtra PW Dept. Circular No.
CAT/1086/CR-243/D Blg- Dated 11/9/87)
CLAUSE-59
The work is likely to be in progress departmentally and quantity put to tender shall be
reduced to the extent of the work is done by Department up to the date of starting the
work by the contractor. No clam due to deduction in quantity on this account will be
entertained.
CLAUSE-60
CLAUSE-61: CONDITION RELATING TO INSURANCE OF CONTRACT

WORKS
The contractor shall take out necessary Insurance Policy / Policies (viz. Contractor’s
All Risks Insurance Policy, Erection All Risk Insurance Policy, as decided by the
directorate of Insurance) so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of the
awarded contract work for total contract value and complete contract period
COMPULSORILY from the Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai
only. Its postal address for correspondence is 264, MHADA first floor, Opp.
Kalanagar, Bandra (East), Mumbai-51. (Telephone No. 022-26590403 / 26590690 and
Fax No. 022-26592461 / 26590403) Similarly, all workmen appointed to complete the
contract work are required to insure under workmen’s compensation insurance policy
taken out from any other company will not be accepted. If any contractor has not taken
out the insurance policy from the Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai
or has effected insurance with any insurance company, the same will not be accepted
and 1% of the tender amount or such amount of premium calculated by the

86
Government Insurance Fund will be recovered directly from the amount payable to the
contractor for the executed contract work and paid to the Directorate of Insurance,
Maharashtra State, Mumbai. Directorate of Insurance reserves the right to distribute
the risks of insurance among the other insurers.
CLAUSE - 62 उपकर
महाराBट शासन, उदयोग उजा: व कामगार वभाग, मंDालय मब
ुं ई यांचे प, 6.
बीजीऐ- इमारत २००९/".6./ कामगार-७ Jद.३/७/२०१० व शासन बांधकाम वभाग, मं,ालय मब
ुं ई
यांचेकडील जा.6. संLकं ण: १०/०९/".6२७७/इमारती-२,Jद .१७.८.१० अ=वये इमारत व इतर बांधकाम
कामगार क यान उपकर अNध नयम १९९६ मधील तरतद

ु Pया अनष
ु ग
ं ाने राRयामSये एक ट7का
उपकर खाजगी व शासक+य बांधकामाPया एकुण मु यानस
ु ार जमीनीचे मु यवगळून तसेच संबNधत
आVथापनेने कामगारांना Lकं वा यांPया नातलगाना कामगारांसाठW नक
ु सान भरपाई अNध नयम १९२३
मधील तरतद
ु नस
ु ार कोण याह "कारची Xरपाई Jद ◌ेल असेल ती र7कम वगळून उव:Zरत बांधकाम
ू कर)यांत येईल.
मु यावर एक् ट7का उपकर वसल

87
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule showing (approximately) the materials to be supplied from the

Government’s store for the work contracted to be executed and preliminary and
ancillary works, and the rates at which they are to be changed for.
Name of Work : special repair work Tq – Dist.Yavatmal.
Particulars Rate at which the material will Place of delivery

be charged to be the
Contractor
Unit Rate
1 2 3 4
------- NIL ----- ------- NIL --- ------- NIL ----- ------- NIL --------
--- ----- ---
Note : 1) All the materials including cement and steel shall be procured by the
Contractor. The Department will not arrange for supply of any
materials.
2) The materials bought by the Contractor will be got tested and the
expenditure of Testing shall be borne by the Contractor and only the
materials found to comply with the specification shall be allowed to
be used on the work.

88
NOTE
1.The person or form submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above schedule are
filled up by the Executive Engineer –in-charge on the issue of form prior to the submission of
the tender
2.The rates for the above materials are inclusive of Sales Tax and General Tax
3. A) All materials mentioned in the Schedule “A” except explosive required for the work
shall be taken from the Dept.Outside materials inlieu of those maintained in Schedule A will
not be allowed partially or fully.
3. B) The materials such as explosive will be supplied by the departments the rates as shown
schedule A of tender only to the extent as available at Govt. store at Project site; for issuing it
to the contractor .The contractor shall use this material only time it is supplied by the
department.
In case of non-availability of these materials with the department the contractor will be permit
ed to procure the same from outside sources on receipt of written request from contractor as
per the rules in force at the time and the material so procured will have to be got approved
from the Engineer-in-charge before use.
Other material like tamping roads, electrical detonators fuses etc. are to be used by the
contractor of his own.
4. Change in quantities shall be charged or deducted at the same rates as per Schedule
a) The contractor shall have to furnish the account of all the material before placing
demand for further material and furnish full account of all material or completion of work and
returning all surplus material to the department. Surplus materials in good condition shall only
be accepted in return.
b) The contractor shall have to construct a shed of approved specification for storing of
materials at work site having double lock arrangement.
c) The excess consumption of materials due to negligence on the part of contractor will
be recovered at twice the rate maintained in schedule A’ or the market rate whichever is
higher.
5. The empty cement bags shall be the property of the contractor.
6. The cement will be supplied in standard Jute bags at the place of delivery stipuleted in
Schedule A’ The cement will be issued on weight basis .The department will not be
responsible for further loss of weight of cement once it is issued from store.
7. The charges for loading unloading storing and conveyance etc. for the materials shown
above from the place of delivery to the site of work be borne by the contractor and deemed to
have been included in the unit rate of respective items.

89
SCHEDULE ‘B’ PART-1
NAME OF WORK:---- Tq -
Estimate Qty. Item of work Infigures In words Unit Total amount

( May be more or less) According to
Estimated Quantity
1 2 3 4 5 6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE ‘B’ ATTACHED SEPERATELY ON LINE FOLDER

90
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

91
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WORK OF
CONSTRUCTION OF, Sawargao Bangla Storage Tank

Tq - Pusad DIST. YAVATMAL
INDEX
SR. NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

From To
SECTION 01 ED-S STRIPPING THE SEAT OF DAM 92 93
SECTION 02 ED-E EXCAVATION 94 102
SECTION 03 ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT 103 115
SECTION 04 ED-FS SLOPPING FILTER 116 116
SECTION 05 ED- T ROCK TOE 117 118
SECTION 06 ED-P PITCHING 119 121
SECTION 07 ED-F FILTER MATERIALS 122 125
SECTION 08 ED-DG DRILLING GROUTING 126 129
SECTION 09 M.MASONARY 130 148
SECTION 10 C-CEMENT CONCRETE 149 164
SECTION 11 R-REINFORCEMENT 165 169
SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS 170 184
SECTION 13 RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATION 185 192
SECTION 14 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE 193 194

MATERIAL TO BE BROUGHT BY
THE CONTRACTOR

92
SECTION - 1
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR EARTHEN DAM
ED-S: STRIPPING
ED-S.0: SCOPE
Stripping and benching the seat of the dam and disposing off the material as and
where directed.
ED-S.1: SCOPE
The item of stripping includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material
required for carrying out excavation in all strata, including site clearance,
conveyance and disposal in a manner approved by the engineer-in-charge and with
all leads and lifts and all items covered within the intent and purpose of the item.
ED-S.2: SITE CLEARANCE
All area required for the seat of the dam and beyond the seat on the dam shall be
cleared of all trees up to the diameter of 15 cm, stumps, bushes, roots, rubbish and
all other objectionable materials. All such materials shall be removed from the site
so as not to interfere with construction and maintenance operation of the project
and shall be disposed off as directed by the engineer-in-charge to such disposal area
as directed. All trees cut and all materials from dismantled structures shall be the
property of government and shall be stacked at suitable places as directed by the
engineer-in-charge or his representative.
ED-S.3: STRIPPING
The entire area of the seat of dam shall be stripped off to a sufficient depth to
remove all top soil, loose soil and vegetable matter and soil in the root zone or soil
not suitable for the foundation of the dam embankment as determined by the
Engineer-in-charge. The stripping should be carried out down to a firm natural soil
as directed.
However, the rate of the item shall include striping maximum up to 0 Meter Depth.
Any stripping required to be done below --- meter depth will be paid under the item
of excavation. The rate also includes benching and keying which shall be formed
whenever directed to insure proper junction and bonding. In case of trees with deep
roots, they must be removed at least up to one meter depth below ground level.

93
ED-S.4: DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
The stripped material shall be transported and dumped or stacked at the disposal
sites as approved by the engineer-in-charge. In no case shall this stripped material
contaminate with the embankment materials.
ED-S.5: LEAD AND LIFT
The item includes all lead and lifts involved in the operation.
ED-S.6: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
The measurement shall be based on the volume of the stripped quantity in cubic
meter. The quantity will be computed by taking cross section at every 15 meters or
at closer intervals for the areas stripped as per specifications.

94
SECTION - 2
ED EXCAVATION
ED-E: SCOPE
Excavation is mainly classified to its purpose under
1) Excavation for seat of dam and drain, C.O.T.
2) Excavation for Waste Weir, approach and tail channels, flank walls Guide
walls, key walls and head regulators etc.
The item includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required for
carrying out excavation in all strata including conveyance and disposal in a manner
hereinafter specified and all operations within the intent and purpose of the item.
The item of excavation for other purposes shall include furnishing of all tools,
plant, labour and material required for carrying out excavation in different strata for
the various parts as denoted in the drawings, and removing and disposal in a
manner hereinafter specified with all leads and lifts, maintaining the excavated
slopes and trenches and all operations covered within the intent and purpose of the
item. the rate also includes excavation in wet and moist conditions occurred in.
ED-E2: CLEARANCE OF SITE OF WORK
All areas required for the construction of the dam and appurtenant works and the
surface of all borrow pits shall be cleared off all trees, stumps, bushes, roots
vegetation and other objectionable materials. All such materials shall be removed
from the site so as not to interfere with construction and maintenance of the project
and shall be disposed off as directed by the engineer-in-charge to such disposal
areas as directed. All trees cut and all materials from the dismantled structures shall
be the property of government and shall be stacked at suitable places as directed by
the engineer-in-charge.
The cost of clearance as specified above is deemed to be included in the item of

excavation for dam and appurtenant works.
ED-E3: BASE LINES AND GRADES
Before starting the work, one reference line and Bench Marks will be established
by the department. Permanent base lines and cross lines shall be established by the
contractor at sufficiently close intervals with Bench Marks at all end points to serve
as “Reference Grid”. The contractor shall provide at his expense all templates,
pillars and stakes, equipment materials and labour for establishing the Grid lines
and the pillars, and shall be responsible for their maintenance during the whole

95
season of construction. These shall be laid out with the prior approval of the
engineer-in-charge. No base line or bench marks or reference marks shall be used
as reference line for the work, without prior approval of the engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall maintain a certified copy of such approved reference lines,
bench-marks and levels and shall not remove any of them without the prior
approval of the engineer-in-charge.
The reference points and pillars, already established by the department in the works
area shall be fully protected and maintained by the contractor. He shall repair and
rebuild the same in case of any damage, intentional or otherwise.
The contractor shall layout the work from the reference base lines in consultation
with the engineer-in-charge and shall be responsible for the correctness of all
measurements and levels in connection therewith notwithstanding the fact that the
same might have been checked by the staff of the engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall be responsible for the proper execution of the work to such
lines and grades as may be specified in the drawings or established or indicated by
the engineer-in-charge from time to time.
ED-E4: CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA
The strata of excavation shall be classified as under:-

1) Hard strata.
2) Soft strata with soft rock.
DEFINITION OF STRATA
HARD STRATA
This shall include all rocks occurring in masses which normally needs regular
blasting for quarrying (Note: It shall also include rock which owing to the
proximity of building or for any other reasons has to be cut by means of chisels or
wedges). It shall also include boulders in mass , isolated boulders in mass and
isolated boulders over 0.1 cum each, which normally require blasting or wedging
and breaking for removal.
SOFT STRATA WITH SOFT ROCK
This shall include all material which is rock but does not need blasting and could be
removed with pick, bar and shovel. It shall also include boulders upto 0.1 cubic
meter each which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a pick,
bar and shovel.
This shall include all kinds of materials such as shale, indurate clay, soil, silt, sand,
gravel, sole, average and hard murum and any other material which can best be

96
removed with a shovel after loosening with pick and / or bar. It shall also include
isolated boulders up to 0.1 cubic meter each which normally do not need blasting
and could be removed with a pick, bar and shovel.
At the change of the strata the contractor shall inform the department in writing
before proceeding with the excavation in the hard strata. The engineer-in-charge
may thereupon cause to take levels of the finished excavation in the soft strata.
The decision of the engineer-in-charge regarding classification of strata shall be

conclusive and binding on the contractor. No distinction shall be made whether the
material is dry or wet.
ED-E5: SAFETY OF EXCAVATION
Before any work of excavation of foundation is taken up, all loose rock, detached
rock in or close to the area to be excavated, that is liable to fall or otherwise
endanger the workmen on the project shall be stripped. The methods employed
shall be such as will not shatter any rock that was originally sound or safe. Any
material not required removal as contemplated therein, but which may later become
loosened or unstable shall be promptly and satisfactorily removed. The cost of such
clearing shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rates accepted under the
different terms of excavation and up to pay lines.
ED-E6: SHORING AND STRUTTING
MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATION SLOPES
Any shoring and strutting required during construction shall be deemed to be

covered by the rates quoted for the items. The contractor shall be responsible for
the adequacy of the excavated stuff. If at any particular location the contractor
considers it necessary, in the interest of safety to provide safety measures, shall
forthwith bring the same to the notice of engineer-in-charge and obtain the orders
thereon. Such additional excavation shall be paid for at the rates accepted for the
particular class of material.
Before excavation of the trenches to the final slopes it is necessary that the
contractor shall first ascertain the strata classification by excavating a pilot section
and only after the strata is classified, adjust the said slopes to final designed section.
The contractor is not entitled for any extra payment on this account and the
tendered rate is deemed to be inclusive of it.
SLIPS
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. But should slips occur, the slipped
material shall be removed to slopes as directed. Removal of such material shall not
be paid for. No compensation shall be paid to the contractor because of mishaps
arising out of slips.

97
ED-E7: BLASTING
OBSERVING RULES REGARDING BLASTING
In conduction blasting operations, proper precautions shall be taken for the

protection of persons, the work and property. All Government laws in relation to
design and location of power magazines, transport and handling of explosives and
other measures enacted for the prevention of accidents shall be strictly observed.
Warning signals shall be given for each blast. Specifications for blasting given
under separate section shall be carefully land rigidly observed.
STORING OF EXPLOSIVES
Explosives shall be stored in the magazine building to be provided by the

contractor under the special care of a watchman, so that in case of accidents, no
damage occurs to other parts of the work. Explosives, detonators and fuses shall
each be separately stored.
RESTRICTIONS ON BLASTING
a) No blasting which may disturb. Endanger the stability. Safety or quality of the
foundation shall be permitted.
b) Blasting within 30 meters of main work in progress of permanent structure

shall not be permitted.
c) Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining depth
of excavation.
d) No large scale blasting operation will be resorted to when the foundation

excavation reaches the last one meter and only small charges preferably black
powder may be allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.
e) The last blast shall not be more than ½ meter in depth. Therefore for finishing
the excavation work and in special locations (only in rock) where specifically
indented or ordered in writing by the engineer-in-charge use of explosives
shall be discontinued and excavation completed by barring, wedging,
chiseling or other suitable methods approved or directed by engineer-in-
charge and cost of such work will be deemed to have been included in the
tendered rate.

98
ED-E8: EXCAVATION OUTLINE AND PAY LINE FOR OTHER THAN

FOUNDATION STRUCTURE
All excavation shall be performed in accordance with the lines, grade levels and
dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the engineer-in-charge. The
dimensions shown in the drawing are tentative. During the progress of work it may
be found necessary or desirable to vary the slopes or the dimensions of excavation
from those specified in the drawings. The side slopes to the excavations shall be as
steep would stand with safety as decided by the engineer-in-charge and, slopes
would be normally as per table given below or less subjects to safety.
Table Slope Table Slope Table Slope
Sand 1:1 HM /HMB ¼:1 SR above 3 m depth 1/4:1
Soil 1/2:1 S.R. & HR Vertical HR above depth 3 m 1/8:1

/S.M Up to 3 m
If the slopes established are found to be steeper and likely to slip, they shall be
made flatter removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if
possible and stable faces established as decided by the engineer-in-charge. The
additional excavation when ordered by the engineer-in-charge will be paid at the
rates accepted for excavation for the particular class of material.
PAY LINES AND EXCESS EXCAVATION IN CASE OF FOUNDATION OF

STRUCTURES
No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the specified pay lines.
Payment lines for different strata for all excavation is defined as the lines starting
from the outer dimensions of masonry of concrete at foundation levels and sloping
up confirming to the side slopes as above specified in the table above.
Not withstanding standards given hereinbefore for the excavation outlines and
contractor shall take care to see that no slips or accidents occur and that the slopes
are stable if necessary he shall carry out necessary shoring and strutting at his own
cost.
Any or all excavation carried out by the contractor for any purpose or reasons shall
unless ordered in writing by the engineer-in-charge be at the expense of the
contractor and if the unauthorized excavation has to be filled with concrete or
masonry or with materials as specified by the engineer-in-charge, filling so needed,
shall be carried out by the contractors as per the specifications of the respective
items of works at his own expense.

99
ED-E9 DISPOSAL EXCAVATED OF MATERIALS
Deposition of excavated stuff clears off traffic lines, etc.
Before any excavation is started, the deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned
so as not to obstruct traffic lines required for transport of the construction materials.
The excavated material shall be dumped sufficiently clear off the edges of
excavation so as not to endanger stability of the excavation and also permit ample
space for tramways, lorry patches, installation of lifting and pumping devices,
stacking construction materials, etc.
SORTING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
The excavated material shall be carefully sorted for use on the dam, as directed by
the engineer-in-charge and shall be hauled directly to the place of use if possible.
The excavated material which is not considered fit for use in the embankment, shall
be immediately removed and deposited at such place and in such manner as well be
directed by the engineer-in-charge. The material found unusable should be got
approval from the engineer-in-charge before actually disposing it off. The useful
material obtained from excavation shall be used directly or heaped separately as per
the requirements for earthen dam and masonry spillway. The material for earth dam
shall be heaped for different zone namely
1) Earth material required for hearting
2) For casing zone
3) Rubble required for rock toe, pitching and quarry spauls.
The rubble suitable for masonry etc. should be stacked separately for following
purposes:
1) Large size rubble for masonry.
2) Small size rubble for crushing.
3) Long headers for masonry, etc.
4) Chips for back filling, etc.
CONVEYANCE OF MATERIAL
All the excavated materials from excavation shall be selected by removing roots,
grass, organic matter, and other objectionable matter and be sorted out into
different types of materials for use in different zones of the dam as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The same shall be loaded in the vehicles proceeding directly to
the place of use except such material as is required to be stockpiled.

100
MODE OF HEAPING OTHER USEFUL MATERIALS
The useful materials that cannot be used directly shall be heaped in separate area
with reference to the nature of the material. Stockpiles shall be of as regular size as
possible allowing of easy measurements.
The material once heaped shall be utilized as and when and where required and as
directed by the engineer-in-charge. The cost of complete item of excavation
includes the cost of re-handling of the materials so temporarily heaped and reused.
THE FREE USE OF USEABLE EXCAVATED SPOIL
All usable spoils of excavation whether done by the contractor or department or

through other agencies fixed by the department will be available free of cost for use
by the contractor on the construction of the dam only, when it is not required by the
department.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
The waste materials shall be heaped in spoils banks in regular shape with suitable
slopes as directed and properly trimmed so as to present a neat appearance of that
may be wasted in other approved locations. The spoil-banks shall be located in such
a way that they will not interfere with the natural flow of the river.
No material shall be wasted where it will be detract from the appearance or

interfere with the accessibility of completed structures. Excavated materials shall
not be carelessly thrown over the premises and shall be deposited directly in
permanent positions consistent with proper execution of work. The rate of disposal
is included in the excavation item
LEADS AND LIFTS
The unit price shall include all leads and lifts in the above operations.
ED-E10: MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS
The measurements shall be based on areas of cross section taken normal to the axis
of structure of its part of the original ground surface and the surface of finally
completed excavation within the pay lines, taken at every 15 meters along with axis
of structure of its part. Where there is abrupt change in depth, additional cross
section may taken at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge. Levels along the
cross section shall be taken at every 15 to 20 meters or 5 meters as per exigency of
work.
During the execution of the work, running payments for the items of the excavation
will be made to contractor at 90% of his tender rate for the item. The remaining

101
payments for this item will be progressively released depending upon the progress
of completion of the item of excavation. The part rate will be reviewed by the
engineer-in-charge when he feels necessary and decision of the engineer-in-charge
shall be final and binding on the contractor. During the excavation of the work,
running payment for the items of excavation will be made to the contractor on the
basis of cross sectional measurements.
ED-E11: PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION: SCALING,

TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION
After rough excavation to the required depth is completed, scaling and trimming
operations for removal of all pieces loosened during excavation of partly separated
from main rock mass by seams or cracks shall be carried our to the entire
satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge.
TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS
All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not leave
on the foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of the rock
mass. Areas of low bearing capacity, steep inclined seams, faults, and crushed zone
of an otherwise good foundation, if permitted to be kept shall be cleared out to a
sufficient depth and refilled and plugged with masonry or concrete as directed by
engineer-in-charge.
FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION
The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to
give added resistance to sliding. All polished surfaces shall be roughened
artificially to give good bond. The surface shall be free of steep angle and the edges
of benches shall be chamfered approximately to 45 pinnacles or projections shall be
knocked off and prominent knobs flattened. Neither along the length of the dam,
nor across it, shall the foundation normally have a slope steeper than 1 vertical: 1
horizontal and 1 vertical: 4 horizontal respectively unless otherwise permitted by
TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS

The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy
hammer and if any loose portion of foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound,
it shall be excavated further (without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.
FOUNDATIONS TO BE KEPT COMPLETELY DRY DURING

CONSTRUCTION
The foundation shall be kept completely de-watered till such times as would be
required for the masonry or concrete to set. The de-watering required for this
purpose is included in the each item of concrete ,Masonry , excavation &
preparation of foundation as specified herein..

102
ED-E12: PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION SURFACE

SCOPE
The item includes furnishing of all plant labour and material required for
preparation of foundation i.e. cleaning, scaling and trimming operation for removal
of all loose pieces found at the top of foundation level, it also including dry air
jetting and then cleaning with air and water jet under pressure. The rate also
includes applying cement slurry and cement mortar in proportion 1:3 before laying
masonry or concrete on finally finished surfaces.
SEALING AND TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION

Rough excavation complete to the required depth is to be further cleaned and
finished as below. The scaling and trimming operation for removal of all pieces,
loosened during excavation or partly separated from main rock mass by seams or
cracks, shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
PREPARATION OF SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING

Immediately before laying masonry or concrete, the foundation shall be thoroughly
cleared off, all lose materials like chips, sand, dirt and even a slight film of oil, all
grease. This shall be done by pick, hammers, stiff, forms, jets of water and jets of
air at high pressures and or wet sand blasting followed by through washing. The
whole surface and particularly all corners, crevices and joints shall be cleared off,
all dirt clinging to them by holding the tip of water hose close to it. The pressure for
jets of water or air shall not be less than 15meters of water head and 5kg/cm2 for it.
The finished surface shall be thoroughly scrubbed with stiff wire brushes. The
washing and scrabbling shall be continued until deleterious material, clinging to the
surface is removed. This is indicated by the wash water in the benches becoming
clean and free from dirt. In the final clearing all water shall be removed by using
sponge so that slightest pool of water does not remain.
MORTAR ON PREPARED SURFACE
Before laying masonry or concrete over the finally prepared surface of the
foundation slurry of water cement ratio (0.6) by weight shall be applied on rock
surface. Over this slurry layer of cement mortar 1:3 as directed with water cement
ratio as low as practicable, should be laid to a depth of 50 mm to 70 mm. The
mortar shall be rubbed by a trowel, to ensure good adhesion.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
No separate payment will be made for this preparation work as it considered

to be included in the rates for the excavation and/proceeding earth, concrete or
masonry work.

103
SECTION - 3
ED-B : PROVIDING EMBANKMENTS
(With materials either from Borrow areas or useful approved materials from
compulsory excavation)
ED-B 1: SCOPE
The item of embankment shall include furnishing all tools, plants, labours and
materials required, stripping of the borrow areas, excavating the materials from the
borrow areas, conveying the same and placing the same, of the useful materials
from compulsory excavation for COT, masonry dam foundation, drains, etc. in
specified layers for embankment, including watering and mixing (or drying as the
case maybe ) and mechanical compaction to specified density and moisture content
for each type of material and performing all operations necessary and ancillary
thereto.
ED-B 2: BORROW AREAS
GENERAL
All materials required for construction of embankment, or backfill, which are not
available from the compulsory excavation (for cut off trench, masonry dam
foundations, drains, etc.) shall be obtained from the contractors own borrow areas.
Borrows pits shall be opened at the location and to the limits, as per directions of
the engineer-in-charge. As far as practicable the borrow areas going under
submergence on up-stream side shall be tacked first. The contractor is expected to
have his own prospecting carried out before tendering for the works. The data
presented therein are to be taken only as guidance and no claims shall be
entertained in further due to lack of conformity between the natures and quantity of
material actually met with during construction.
PRIOR APPROVAL TO BORROW AREA BEFORE START OF WORK
Before any borrow area is opened the material from the borrow area to be used in
particular zone of the earth dam should be got approved from Engineer-in-charge.
STRIPPING OF BORROW AREAS
Before opening of borrow area from where the material is to be obtained, the area
shall be cleared off all trees, stumps, etc. and stripped to remove the top soil,
humus, vegetable matter organic matter, roots, rubbish, and all other objectionable
material which is unsuited for the purpose for which the borrow pits to be
excavated. All such materials shall be removed to such disposal areas as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. In no case shall the stripped material be allowed to
contaminate the material going into the embankment. All trees cut shall be the

104
property of Government and shall be stacked at suitable place as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.
The rate for embankment including use of material from borrow areas includes the
clearing and stripping the borrow areas and disposing the waste material as
directed. The cleared and stripped areas shall be maintained free from vegetable
growth adequately and drained during the progress of work, without any extra cost.
EXPLOITATION OF BORROW AREA
A. Where the borrow pits are opened adjacent to the dam, the edge of excavation
shall be at a distance of five times of the height of the dam opposite as
measured above the top level of edge of excavation to the top of the dam
subject to the minimum distance of 100 meters from the toes of the dam.
B. Where no positive cut off is provided, care shall be taken to see that no
previous strata are uncovered by excavation of borrow pits on the water side
of the dam within a distance of ten times the height of the drain as measured
from the upstream toe of the dam.
C. Borrow pits shall be so worked that selected materials will be furnished as

required, as close as practicable to the point of utilization so that they will not
interfere with the location of permanent structure no more the usefulness or
appearance of any of the work.
D. The formation of pools shall be avoided to avoid spoiling of useful material

and also bad appearance and all borrow pits shall be drained as necessary by
ditches to the nearest cut falls. All borrow pits except those that would be
submerged in the reservoir shall be connected to each other and the last
borrow pits to the nearest drainage channel so as to avoid stagnation of water.
The bottom of the pits shall be so fixed, that the pits drain into some natural
course.
E. No borrow areas should be taken of roads, village tracks, canals, etc.

occurring in the borrow areas.
F. All borrow areas shall be arranged with certain amount of regularity having
regard to the convenience of the work during excavation and to its safety and
appearance of finish after its completion.
QUARRY ROADS
Temporary path to and fro borrow areas including river and nalla crossings (to the
site of embankment where the materials are required to be deposited) shall be
constructed and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.

105
MATERIAL FROM AREA OTHER THAN BORROW AREAS OR FROM

THE COMPULSORY EXCAVATION IN SOFT STRATA
During the construction the contractor may after careful prospecting and with the
specific written approval of the Executive Engineer bring suitable material from
Borrow areas at his own cost. No extra payment for increase in lead or any other
reason would be admissible .
ED-B 3: SELECTION OF MATERIALS
I. The borrow pit materials or the material from compulsory excavation shall be
got classified from engineer-in-charge with regard to its suitability for the
particular zone in the dam. The standard of material required for various zone
in the dam i.e. filling of the cut of trench, hearting, casing zone shall be as
directed by the engineer-in-charge. The classification by the engineer-in-
charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.
II. The requirements of the material shall be generally as under:
A) HEARTING AND FILLING OF COT
The material shall be uniform impervious material, not containing

boulders or any other hard materials of more than 5.00 cms maximum
dimension, any organic matter and free from all clods and lumps
B) CASING
All materials shall be free from organic material and should contain
coarse grained material, the suitability being conformed by laboratory
tests. Normally the material should not contain boulders or stone larger
than ¾ the size of thickness of the compacted layer, when compacted the
material should be fairly pervious. The permeability of the compacted
casing zone, as determined by the methods deemed fit by the engineer-
in-charge, be about 9.66x10 feet per year or as specified by the engineer-
in-charge.
ED-B 4: PLACING OF MATERIALS
GENERAL
The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the
drawings. The slopes of the division lines between zones or portions of
embankment are tentative land shall be subject to variation at any time prior to or
during construction and on account of this the contractor shall be entitled to no
additional allowance above the unit price accepted. No roots, vegetable matter,
hums or other unsuitable material shall be placed in the embankment. The
contractor shall maintain the embankment in an approved manner until the final

106
completion and acceptance of all of the work under the contractor. Care shall be
taken to drain all rain water falling on the rolled surface away beyond the dam toe
lines. The embankment for each portion shall maintain approximately level but it is
necessary to have slopes. The slope should not be steeper than 1:2.0 (vertical to
horizontal). All openings or gaps through the embankment required for
constructions purpose shall be subject to approval and such openings or gaps if
approved shall be constructed so that the slope of the bonding surface between
embankment in place and embankment to be placed is not steeper than 1:4 (vertical
to Horizontal). The suitability of each part of the foundation for placing
embankment materials thereon and of all the materials for use embankment
construction will be determined by the engineer-in-charge. The material shall be
placed in layers and compacted. If the rolled surface is very uneven containing
hollows and humps, the hollows shall be filled up and surface rolled before any
fresh layer is taken.
REFERENCE POINT
Before commencing the placement, all lines marking the extremities of berm,
hearting casing zones, filter etc. of the embankment shall be marked with reference
to reference pillars. The reference pillars shall be of concrete or masonry and the
information indication chainage levels etc. shall be properly inscribed or written on
them as directed by the engineer-in-charge the contractor shall construct and
maintain all reference pillars. No extra payment is admissible to the contractor on
this account.
PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION OR PREPARATION OF SURFACE

OF EARTH WORK PREVIOUSLY LAID
A. GENERAL
No material shall be placed in any section of the dam until the foundation of
that section has been dewatered and suitably prepared and has been approved
by the engineer-in-charge. It is necessary to ensure the surface material of the
foundation will be as compact will bounded with first layer of the
embankment as herein, after specified for subsequent layers of the earth fill.
All portion of the excavation made for test pits or trial pits and all other
existing cavities found within the area to be covered by earth fill which
extended below the established lines of excavation for dam embankment
foundation shall be filled with compaction earth fill materials as herein
specified for earth fill in embankment and payment therefore will be made as
provided for hearting or casing in which section the pit or cavities are filled.
B. FOUNDATION OTHER THAN ROCK
The seat of the dam after it is stripped shall be cleared off all loose or
objectionable material before placing any layer. The surface shall than be

107
watered and rolled as directed if the surface material in not compact enough.
The surface shall then be scarified by the sloughing or by harrows or by rake
or by any suitable method, all clods broken and then it shall be moistened
liberally but not more than 2% on wet side of optimum unless the foundation
material already contains optimum of moisture before the first layers is
placed.
C. ROCK FOUNDATION
Any steps of large depression of humps caused by abrupt change in level shall
be veiled out to fine slope and the removal of rock will be paid under item of
excavation. If necessary the surface shall be roughened by shallow
longitudinal trenchers of corrugations cut in the rock and the removal of rock
will be paid under the item of excavation. The rock surface including all
pockets or depression shall be carefully cleaned of soil of rock fragments
before placing of the first layer. Dikes and seams of soft material shall be
opened out, cleaned to the depth as directed and filled with selected
impervious material or lean concrete as directed by the engineer-in-charge.
The foundation surface shall be moistened out no standing water shall be
permitted when the first layer is placed. The rock surface after moistening
shall be given slurry wash, and immediately after the wash (so as not allowing
it to dry) first layer of soil will be placed.
If exposed surface is very rough and uneven, so as to preclude the use of power
operated rollers and equipment it shall be brought to an even, surface by filling the
hollows and depressions in layers not more than 100 mm thick with moist well
soaked soil, having moistures content equal to standard proctor optimum moisture
of dry weight of soil, and compacting the same by hand, pneumatic or mechanical
tampers.
D. EARTHEN WORK PREVIOUSLY LAID
The treatment of the surface in the case before a fresh layer is placed will be
the same as for the foundation other than rock. Over-compacted portions of
embankment formed due to constant traffic which and likely to separate from
the layers below shall be entirely removed without any extra cost. When
smooth rollers are used for compaction, the surface of a compacted layer shall
be scarified or roughened before fresh layer is laid out on it. When sheep foot
rollers are used for compactions fresh layer may be directly laid on the
previously laid surface. Water shall be sprinkled on the previous layer unless
the material in the surface is sufficiently wet in case it contains moisture more
than OMC due to rain, etc it shall be allowed to dry to have optimum moisture
and rolled again.

108
E. ROCK ABUTMENTS OF SIDES OF ROCK CUTTING
It should be seen that no hollow side ways are left. Also all projections shall
be trimmed before placing embankments against rock abutments or sides or
rock cuttings the same shall be trimmed to ½:1 slope, preferably 1:1 slope and
then thoroughly washed with mud slurry and selected moist soil laid against
the same until the mud wash is still wet. The moist soil laid against rock
surface shall be compacted with hand reamers or air operated reamers. Soil
with moisture content equal to OMC+2% of dry weight of soil will be used for
this portion.
The cost of operation involved in preparation of foundation surface shall be

included in the rates of embankment
F. LAYING AND SPREADING IN LAYERS
a) Approved material free from clods and lumps, large than 50 mm size
shall be conveyed directly from source of excavation or form stock piles
and laid in appropriate zones of embankment as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge, on surface of the foundation of previously laid earth
work prepared as specified. The material shall then be spread on the
embankment in uniform and continuous layer approximately horizontal
unless earth work in slope has been permitted or specified.
b) The thickness of layers will depend on the nature of materials and the
type of compacting machinery. The thickness of layer should be such
that desired density after compaction shall be uniformly obtained through
the depth. For the guidance of the contractor it may be stated that the
thickness of the layer shall be 20 to 23 cm loose and 15 cm compacted
for sheep foot rollers, 15 to 11 cm loose and 11 cm compacted for
smooth wheeled rollers and 8 cm Loose and 5 cm compacted by hand or
pneumatic or mechanical tampers. The thickness of the 1 compacted
layers will be found out by taking levels after every three (or less number
if necessary) layers laid and compacted and finding out the average. The
layer shall be spread in uniform width and in stages to facilitate
compaction by rollers. The work in various zones all as far as possible be
raised simultaneously. If however any zone or its part is permitted by the
engineer-in-charge to be raised higher than the part adjacent to it, the
loose density without extra cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. A
minimum slope of 2:1 should be provided at such junction and vertical
difference between such two junctions should not be more than 1.5
meters.
c) No clods or lumps more than 5 cm size shall be allowed in hearting and

all lumps and clods shall be broken up to the above size before rolling.

109
d) The distribution and gradation of materials through the impervious core

including the backfill of the cut off trench shall be from lenses or pockets
of materials differing substantially in texture of gradation from
surrounding material. The excavation and placing operations shall be
such that the materials when compacted will be so blended as to secure
the best practicable degree of compaction, impermeability and stability.
e) The Engineer-in-charge may designate the location in the earth fill where
the individual loads shall be deposited. The most imperious materials
shall be placed in the central upstream portion of the earth fill and the
more previous materials shall be placed on either side of it so that
permeability of the fill will be gradually increased towards the upstream
and down stream edge of the fill when materials differ in dry density but
have about the same permeability the material having the greater density
should be placed in the other section of the zone of the dam as the case
my be.
f) Should cobbles and rock fragments of size larger than permissible be

found in otherwise approved earth fill material they shall be removed by
the contractor either at the side of excavation or after being transported to
the earth fill but before materials in the earth fill are wasted as approved
and directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
g) In order that proper compaction can be done up to the edge of the

designed section and then dressed and brought to the required slopes.
Necessary extra quantity required to be handled for this purpose shall not
be paid for and is considered to be included in the rate of this item.
.
MOISTURE CONTENT
a) The water content of the earth fill material prior to and during compaction
shall be distributed uniformly throughout each layer of the material. The
difference, (W0-W) where W0 is optimum moisture content as determined by
the standard proctor compaction test expressed as percent of dry weight of soil
shall be as follows :-
i. (W-W0) to be -2% to + 2% in case of at least 90% samples in case as

hearting and 75% in case of casing, collected in week.
ii. (W-W0) to be -3% to + 3% in the case of the remaining 10% and 25%
samples. The standard proctor compaction tests will be made by the
Department from time to time. The material shall be brought to the
proper water content by adding necessary amount of water or allowing
moisture to evaporate either at the borrow pit or on the dam before
commencing compaction of layers. When water is proposed to be added

110
at the embankment, the required amount of water to be sprinkled for

given quantity of soil, shall be first calculated making due to allowances
for natural moisture, constant evaporation, base watering etc. This
calculated quantity of water shall than be thoroughly mixed with the soil
by means of dish arrow or any other suitable method before compaction.
All charges for watering and mixing are included in the item of
embankment including pumping, transporting, pipe lines etc., as
necessary.
b) It may be necessary to allow the water to soak into the soil after spreading and
mixing if necessary for sufficient time to have uniform moisture throughout
the layer. The contractor shall not get any extra payment for stoppage of work
necessitated for allowing soaking of the soil.
c) Water contained in soil to be laid to fill hollows in rock foundation and rock
abutment and near sides in rock cutting will be specified under the
specifications for preparation of foundation (OMC+2 percent of dry weight of
soil). The same moisture content shall be adhered to in case of filling at the
sides of COT filling and filling around masonry structures.
COMPACTIONS
A. Each layer after it is found to have specified moisture content uniformly

distributed shall be compacted to give specified density. No fresh layer of soil
shall be laid and compacted unless previous layer is approved by the engineer-
in-charge. If the water content of the material spread in layer is more or less
then specified, compaction shall not be started unless the moisture is brought
to specified value.
B. Compaction of the embankment shall be done by roller specified below except

at part which are not accessible to above rolling equipment compaction of
casing zone shall be done by seism operators or by vibratory rollers.
Compaction of hearting zone and COT filling shall be done by standard sheep
foot rollers. The number of passes required by particular type of roller to
attain specified density shall be decided by actual trials by different types of
soils to be used and equal numbers of passes should be given to each layer
before carrying out the field density test. The final control of compaction will
however be on basis of specified densities and not to the number of passes.
C. In the parts of dam inaccessible to the specified rolling equipment such as test
pits or trial pits below foundation level, irregular sides of cut-off-trench and
portions around and in contact with the structures where the rolling equipment
will not be permitted to operate, compaction shall be accomplished with either
hand or mechanical tampers of approved type. Rollers will not be permitted to
operate within 0.50 meter of concrete or masonry structures and the filling
within this distance shall be tamped by hand and a mechanical tampers. All

111
materials to be tamped shall be spread in layers with thickness as specified.

The moisture content of material and the degree of compaction shall be equal
to that specified separately. Special care as directed shall be exercised to
obtain a good contact and good bond with rock surfaces of masonry or
concrete.
D. FIELD DENSITY TEST
The degree of compaction will be such as to give dry density as specified

below. The density measurements will be conducted by the department from
time to time to ascertain whether the compaction attained is as specified. For
this purpose for every 300 cubic meters of compacted earthwork of one zone
or for every layer compacted of a particular zone at least two field density
tests will be taken and PDD and PMC worked out by oven drying method or
K-oil method if the correlation is found to exist with the former. Separate tests
are to be taken for the various zones of the dam. As the oven drying method
involves a 24 hours period, to facilitate work preliminary control as follow
shall be exercised. The wet density of compacted layer shall be equal to or
above optimum wet density (OWD). And placement moisture content (tested
by kerosene oil burning method ) with +/- 1% of the optimum moisture
content. If any field density test reveals that the dry density is less than
permissible either additional rolling will have to be done without any extra
cost or layer may have to be removed at no extra cost. In the event of
additional rolling being permitted if it is found that original moisture has
evaporated the layer may be broken up or specified as directed and watered
and allowed to soak before rolling to bring the moisture content to specified
value. Necessary assistance carrying out such density and moisture content
tests shall be provided by the contractor free of cost to he departmental staff.
The samples for density measurements will be taken any where to ensure that
no weak spot at location such as junction of slopping filter and hearting of
casing turning place or compacting equipments or any doubtful areas are left.
DEGREE OF COMPACTION
I. This will be based on the dry densities achieved which shall satisfy following
criteria.
II. Control criteria subject to III and IV below.

112
CRITERIA FOR CONTROL OF COMPACTED DAM EMBANKMENT
Type of % of gravel Percentage base on minimum 6 mm size

Material
Fraction i.e. Bigger Minimum Desirable Desired
than 6 mm size by acceptable Average Moisture
total material Density. Density content limits
within
1 2 3 4 5
Hearting 25% by weight 98 % of proctor 100 % of 2% of OMC
proctor
Casing 0 to 25 98 % of proctor 100 % of -----do----
proctor
26 to 50 95 % of proctor 98 % of -----do----
proctor
50 93 % of proctor 95 % of -----do----
proctor
Filter Sand Dd = 70 % Dd = 80 %
Material Gravels Dd = 65 % Dd = 70 %
Dd is a relative
density
III. In case of the material compacted by tampers the dry density of the soil
fraction in the compacted material shall not be less than 95% of the standard
proctor Optimum Dry density.
IV. In rare cases, when a layer with necessary moisture content gives lower
density than specified in the above table even rolling large No of passed or
after rerolling, such a layer may be approved at the engineer-in-charge
provided (a) the placement Dry density is not less than 90% of the standard
proctor Dry Density and (b) Number of such samples having PDD less than
95% ODD should not exceed 2% of the number of samples taken.
ED-B 5: JUNCTION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER AGENCY AT END

CHAINAGES
At the end chaInages, if the work will be done by other agencies, then at such
junctions the earth work will be done as follows:-

113
EITHER
a) If the work of both agencies is at the same level, the rolling will be done 2
meters beyond the end of chainage and no extra payment will be paid for the
same.
OR
b) If the work of other agency is at lower level, the work will be done with an
outer slope of 1:4 with an extra length of half meter parallel to the dam
alignment.
The earth work in this extra length will not be paid for.
There will be some reduction in the quantity of earth work. No claim by the
contractor on this account will be entertained.
OR
c) If the work of other agency is at higher level that agency will construct the
bank with an outer slope. The contractor will have to do the earth work up to
that slope throughout beyond the end changed stated in the tender. The
quantity of earth work increased due this will be paid for at the same rates
quoted by the contractor and no claims will be entertained for the extra work
to be done.
ED-B 6: INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION
Some piezonmatric installation, settlement gauges and stand pipes etc. will be
provided by the department at predetermined position in the earthen embankment
of dam. The work will be done by the Department, which will require some time
for installations and erections. During such installations and erections the work of
length of the embankment in the vicinity of installation will be held up for sum
time. The rate of earth work shall be deemed to have been quoted considering such
breaks and no claims by contractor on the ground of breaks occurred for such
installations, will be entertained. The earthwork and the traffic of construction
equipments in the vicinity of such installation shall be arranged as not to cause any
damage to the instruments installed or being installed and shall be arranged as
directed by engineer-in-charge.
ED-B 7: TESTING CHARGES
Unit rate given in Schedule “B” includes the rate for field test necessary for quality
control of work. The contractor shall arrange for Laboratory equipment for all
moisture content compaction and field density test or other tests as directed. He
shall also arrange laboratory personnel for taking given test strictly under the
supervision of site in charge. All cost towards testing at prescribed frequency shall
be deemed to be included in unit rate.

114
ED-8: MODE OF MEASUREMENT

a) The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section
shall be taken at an interval of 15 meters or at closer distances as found
necessary, the gross quantity of different zones, hearting, casing rock toe, etc.,
for facility of arriving at the correct quantities of hearting, casing, rock toe
zone, that went into the embankment. Quantities of cut-of-trench shall be
computed on the basis of cross section taken at interval of 15 meters at close
distance and shall be the same as for the quantity of excavation paid for under
the item of excavation of cut-of-trench, below stripped ground levels. Any
extra filling of cut-of-trench due to side slopes caused due to negligence of
contractor or resulting due to delay in filling COT will not paid for.
b) The lines demarcating the zone of cross sections shall confirm to the
respective typical sections except where departure from these are specially
permitted by the engineer.
c) The final measurements will be recorded on cross-sectional basis. These will

be paid for net Foundation plan, with relevant cross section of the dam
showing dimensions and levels shall be prepared and got signed by the
contractor in token of acceptance before commencement of stripping and
again after completion of the dam seat. The final measurements will be based
on the accepted foundation plan and relevant cross sections and completed
section of the dam at the time of taking final cross sections.
d) The quantity arrived at on the basis of the following table will be deemed to
be utilized as available stuff in the respective zones of the total embankment
from the materials available from the respective item under excavation.
Separation measurements of the quantity of embankment of available stuff
will be based on the utilization factors given below.

115
Sr Item of %age of Factor for Factor Factor for utilization Embankment (compact)
No. Exc- quantity utilizable for
avation deemed Qty in there loose
to be from cut of meas-
utilized measureme urement
nts
1 2 3 4 5 6
Heartin Rand Casin Pitchin Rock Qua
g om g g -toe rry
spau
ls
1 Sand 90 1 1.20 0.080 0.08 -- -- -- --
/soil / 0
Soft - 0.9 -- -- --
murum
0.9
2 Hmb/ 100 1 1.20 -- 1.2 1.2 -- -- --
Hm
3 Soft 100 1 1.50 -- -- 1.2 -- -- --

rock
4 Hard 100 1 1.70 -- -- 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5

rock
strata
e) When compaction is done by Mechanical rollers and under optimum

moisture and prescribed density the deduction from running
measurements of quantities of bank work from every running bill should
be Five percent only. This 2% deductions from the quantities of bank work
should be released in the final bill only.
When the compacation of embankment /earthwork is not done mechanically

due to approach problem the deduction in quantity on account of shrinkage shall be
done as directed by Engineer-in-charge,con-elated with test result.
The final measurements shall however be taken only after one rainy season
has passed after the bank work is finally completed. If the work is completed before
the rainy season the final measurements should be recorded only after the rainy
season is over, so as to account for any settlement of fresh bank work during
monsoons.
f) The deduction for bank work of Guide bund executed including
watering and ramming by manual compaction shall be made 20% (twenty) from
every running bill of the work . This 20% Quantity will be released in the final only.

116
SECTION - 4
ED - FS SLOPING FILTERS [WITHIN THE DAM AND BEHIND ROCK
TOE ] ED-FS1 SCOPE :
The item of sloping filter shall include furnishing all tools, equipments,
materials and labour required for providing and laying approved filter materials
including screening and washing the materials if necessary, watering and
compaction.
ED-FS 2 MATERIALS :
The materials such as sand, metal gravel shall comply with the requirements
specified for materials in Section 7 - Filter materials. The gravel to be used shall be
natural, gravel, consisting of clean, hard, durable, dense rock particles. It shall be
well graded to satisfy the filter criteria prescribed. The percentage of materials
below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 2%. The gravel should not contain any
organic matter. The item includes all charges for supplying and rehandling
including collecting, screening and washing. If necessary, transporting, stacking
etc. with all leads and lifts involved for supply of gravel.
ED-FS 3 LAYING :
The filter materials shall be laid in 0.5 Meter thick layers and shall be watered
to the moisture content as directed and compacted by a tamper or light roller or any
approved equipment if necessary. The method of laying should be such that the
filter material will not mix up with soil and will remain as clean as laid. If mixing
of filter materials with embankment material is observed both the embankment and
filter shall be removed to such depth as directed by the Engineer -in -charge and
such removal and consequent replacement with approval materials shall be by and
at the expense of the contractor. The different filter layers shall be laid in widths
and slopes as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer -in -charge in
writing. The widths and slopes as shown on the drawings are tentative and are
subject to modifications if found necessary during construction and the contractor
is bound to carry out the same at the rates quoted, the rates being on the basis of
volume of different type of materials laid. While laying slant filter it shall be seen
that the level of filter zone and two strips of adjacent zone material are higher by
0.3 to 0.6 meters than the adjoining zone. This is necessary so as to prevent
contamination of filter zone from adjacent fine material zones. Traffic over the
filter zones shall not be permitted, where this is unavoidable, the filter zone at that
strip shall be covered with sheets etc. while starting fresh work at such vocational
top 10 cm. filter material layer will have to be removed.
ED-ES 4 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section
will be taken at every 15 meter or at closer distance as found necessary. and
payment made on cubic meter basis as per design or subsequent instruction from
Engineer-In Charge.

117
SECTION - 5
ED - T ROCK TOE
ED - T 1 COPE :
The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipments , materials and labour
required for providing and lying rock toe including foundation cleaning and
including hand packing and adjusting the sides to correct slopes and performing all
operations necessary and ancillary there to .
ED - T 2 MATERIAL :
The rock toe -shall consist of suitable free draining mixture of rubble, rock
fragment, boulders and cobbles from the compulsory excavation or from quarries as
the case may be. The materials shall be fairly well graded consisting, principally or
rock fragment ranging in weight from 10 kg. to 100 kg . but with sufficient fine
materials, about 10% such as rock spauls, cobbles and course gravel to fill the voids
among the larger particles. However, the materials should not contain slit, clay and
sand more than 1% . The rock fragments shall be of hard, drains, tribal sound rock
and shall not contain any friable or soft material.
ED - T 3 QUARRIES :
In case of materials from quarries, the rubble quarries shall be got approved from
the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the quarries shall not be taken to mean that all
the rubble available from the quarry is also approved. The rubble shall be conveyed
only after it is approved by the Engineer - in - charge. Soft rock or any unsuitable
materials should be discarded in the quarry only.
ED - T 4 LAYING FOUNDATION :
a] Foundation to the rock toe shall be either rock or a compact in

compressible soft strata. In case of soft strata, filter or transition zone will be
provided as directed and paid under the item of filter materials. Rock toe will not be
laid on any foundation in which the rock fragments will punch in by pressure. All
loose material shall be removed before laying the rock fill.
b) PLACING :
The materials shall be so selected and dumped that in so far practicable the
larger fragments shall be placed near the outer slopes and the finer materials
adjacent to the inside slope of the rock fill zone. The fill shall be dense and well
graded with no larger vides or cavities and surfaces of the drawing or as directed.

118
The work should present a dense rough surface of well layer rock fragments. The
rock fill shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers of about 05 m.
thickness. The stones shall be hand packed so as to tightly and neatly wedge the
rock fragments together. Stones of smaller size shall be laid next to the filter
materials. The filter material adjacent to the rock fill be laid simultaneously in
regular layers to the designed slopes and width .
ED -T 5 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
Measurements shall be of the gross volume of rock toe placed without any
deduction of vides. The volume shall be computed by trapezoidal formula by the
cross sections taken at every 10 meter intervals or at closer as directed, subject to
the provision of Para (d) under Ed -B7 above.
No work beyond the slopes the shown in the drawings shall be paid for
unless directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge.

119
SECTION - 6
ED-P PITCHING
ED-P1: SCOPE PITCHING
The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment, materials and labour
required for quarrying, transporting and laying the pitching with header toe and
ware bear including bedding, dressing of embankment to designed slope and other
operations necessary and ancillary there to.
ED-P 2: MATERIALS
a) METAL/ SAND BASE
The metal sand shall confirm to the specification given under the sections of
filter materials in addition the metal shall be well graded from 12.7 mm size to
37.7 mm maximum size.
b) QUARRY SPAULS
The quarry spauls shall consist of clean, hard durable dense rock fragment of
size varying from 50 mm to 150 mm. Material below 0.074 mm size shall be
less than 1%. The item of supply of quarry spauls shall include all charges of
supply, rehandling, breaking bigger pieces transporting, stacking, etc., with all
leads and lifts involved.
c) RUBBLE FOR PITCHING
I) Stones for pitching with header toe wave breaker shall be sound, hard,
dense and durable rock and should not break down or disintegrate on
long exposure to water and air. The rubble shall be got approved from
II) SIZE : The rock fragments shall be reasonable, well graded; containing
at least 60% of stones weighing 35 kg or more, minimum size shall be
weighing 10 kg.
d) HEADER TOE LINE
At the bottom of pitching i.e. the bottom level from where the pitching starts a
line of headers of size 200 mm X 750 mm should run to retain the pitching.

120
e) WAVE BREAKERS
Stones of size 200 mm X 200 mm X 600 mm shall be provided at interval of 6

m C/C horizontally and 4 m C/C Vertical interval between bottom of pitching
to HFL in staged way as per drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
ED-P 3 QUARRIES :
The rubble quarries and rock stack from compulsory excavation shall be got
approved from Engineer-in-charge. Approval to quarry and stacks shall not be to
mean that all rubble available form that quarry is also approved by the Engineer-in-
charge and only approved quality of rubble will have to be used.
ED-P4: LAYING
a) The base slope shall first be prepared to receive the pitching and the rubble
pitching shall be laid on filter backing. The filter backing shall consist of --- to
10 cm quarry spauls on the earth slope and --- cm quarry spauls on the
metal/sand base. The thickness of the ruble pitching shall be 30 cm. This
thickness of rubble pitching is exclusive of the thickness of filter backing of
metal/sand and quarry spauls.
b) The material for filter base shall be laid by spreading without segregation in
uniform layers of specified thickness to the lines and grades of the
embankment.
c) LAYING OF RUBBLE PITCHING
Stones shall be placed on lend with the broadest side down and length normal
to the slope larger rock fragment should be uniformly distributed with smaller
rock fragments filling the spacing between the larger fragments in such
manner as will result in compact uniform layer of pitching. The pitching could
be made into layers but stones in each layer should be as large as possible and
the stones in top layer should be made to interlock with the bottom layer.
The interstices between larger stones shall be filled with chips of as large size
as possible properly hammered in such filling shall be carried out
simultaneously with placing in position of the larger stones and shall in no
case be permitted to fall behind. The wedging shall be so done that no chip
can be removed by hand. No loose spaul of chips should be laid on the top
surface of the pitching. The chips shall not be used as a substitute of full
thickness of the large stones. The surface should present reasonably uniform
slope as designed with a dense but rough face. The guide wall shall form part
of the pitching.

121
The wave breaker shall be laid at 6 m center to center horizontally and 4 mtr.
center to center vertically in staggered fashion. The heard toe line at the
bottom of pitching to center of size 200 mm x 200 mm x 750 mm shall be laid
per drawing and as directed by engineer-in-charge.
ED-P4: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
I. The measurements shall be separately taken (a) for filter base and (b) for
stone pitching with header toe and wave breaker and paid for separately.
II. Measurements shall be of the total volume of pitching with header toe and
wave breaker of filter base to the required thickness laid on the area as
directed subject to the provision of the Para (b) under ED-B8 above. No
deduction for voids will be made. The rates are inclusive of all leads and lifts.

122
SECTION - 7
ED-F FILTER MATERIALS
ED-F1: SCOPE
The item shall include furnishing of tool, plant and materials required for providing
and laying approved materials in the specified layers including screening and
washing the materials if necessary, compaction and all operations necessary and
ancillary there to.
ED-F2:
A) MATERIALS
The materials for filling the drains or drain mats or slant drains shall consist of
sand, gravel and crushed metal, suitable graded to satisfy the filter criteria. (1) The
coefficient of permeability of draining material should be more than 6 times that of
base materials, (2) the graded filter drain will confirm to the Vicksburg criteria viz:
D 15 filter of material <4 to 5 , D 15 {Filter} and

D 85 of base material D 15 {base}
As decided by the engineer-in-charge. The sizes of the material shown on the

drawing are tentative and may require modifications if they are not found to satisfy
filter criteria. The contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as
directed by the engineer-in-charge.
B) SAND
The sand shall be natural sand. It shall be from hard, dense and durable rock
formation. The maximum percentage of materials less than 0.074 mm size be 5%
by weight and it should not contain organic materials. The maximum size of
particle shall be 10 mm {3/8 inch}. The specific gravity of particles shall be not
less than 2.60. The sand shall be well graded and it should satisfy the filter criteria
with the adjoining filter ad base materials. If necessary the sand may have to be
washed or screened without any extra cost. The sand is to be supplied by the
contractor from approved quarries and the item includes all charges of supply and
rehandling including collection, screening, transporting, washing, stacking, etc.,
with all leads and lifts involved for supply of sand.
C) GRAVEL
When gravel is to be used, it shall mean natural, consisting gravel of clean hard
durable, dense, rock fragment. It shall be well graded subject to clause A) above.
The percentage of Materials below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 2%. The gravel

123
should not contain any organic matter. The item includes all charges of supplying
and rehandling, including collection, screening and washing if necessary,
transporting, stacking, etc., with all leads and lifts involved for supply of gravel.
D) METAL
If natural gravel deposits satisfying filter criteria are not available, the use of metal
be permitted as filter material. The maximum size permissible shall be 75 mm.
Metal shall consist of broken or crushed rock having clean, hard, durable dense
rock pieces. It shall be reasonably well graded with size as show on drawing
subject to clause A) above. The percentage of material below 0.074 mm size shall
be less than 1%. The item includes all charges of supply and rehandling including
breaking, screening, transporting, stacking, etc., with all leads and lifts involved for
supply of metal. The sizes of metal shown on the drawing are tentative and subject
to change as required satisfying the filter criteria with adjacent materials.
ED-F3: PLACING OF MATERIALS
TRENCH DRAINS AND MOUND DRAINS
A) The excavation for the trench either in natural ground or made up bank work
shall be as per designed cross sections or as directed in writing by the
engineer-in-charge and is covered under the item of excavation. The surface of
excavation shall be cleaned off all loose materials so as to prevent
contamination with the filter materials. Similarly the surface of which the
mound drains are to be laid is to be cleaned of all loose materials.
B) The filter materials shall then be carefully deposited in different layer to the
required thicknesses and slopes, grades as shown in the drawing or as directed
by the engineer-in-charge. Thicknesses of individual layers shown on the
drawings are tentative and may require modifications to satisfy filter
requirements and the contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications
as directed by the engineer-in-charge without extra cost. The coarser materials
shall form the core of the drain with as all round cover of progressively finer
materials, the laying of individual layer shall proceed in such a way as to
preclude as far as possible the mixing materials of one size with that of the
other.
FILTER MATS OF DRAINAGE BLANKETS
A) FILTER MAT ON THE BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION
After the black soil foundation stripped or excavated to level designed or as

directed, the foundation shall be cleaned off all loose materials, watered
necessary and lightly rolled by the flat roller by making 4 to 6 passes

124
immediately after striping. After rolling the foundation, surface shall be

covered with sand layers of random embankment of thickness as shown on the
drawings. The stripped foundation surface should be covered by random earth
fill and then a sand layer after rolling within two days after stripping that area
to avoid formation of cracks and loss of moisture in the foundations soil. The
sand layers shall be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers, rollers
or any approved equipment to give a relative density of 70%. The other layers
of gravel, metal or sand shall then be laid on the first sand layer within a week
after the first sand layer is laid. The filter materials shall be carefully
deposited in different layers to the required thickness and slopes and grades as
shown in drawings or as directed by engineer-in-charge. The thicknesses and
grading of individual layers shown on the drawing are tentative and may
require modification to satisfy filter and drainage requirement and contractor
shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the engineer-in-
care without any extra cost. The coarser materials shall form the core of the
mat with a cover on top ad towards bottom of progressively finer materials.
The layers of the individual layers shall proceed in such a way as to preclude
as far as possible the mixing of material of one size with that to the other.
After the layer is laid, it will be watered, if necessary and compacted with
tampers roller of any approved equipment to give a relative density not less
than 70%.
B) FILTER MATS ON NON BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION ON

EMBANKMENT ALREADY LAID AT INTERMEDIATE LEVELS
The foundation surface and the surface of embankment shall be cleaned off
loose material and should be as far as possible plane having no large hollows
or humps and with slope as shown on the drawings or as directed. The filter
material shall then be deposited in different layers to the required thicknesses
and slopes as shown on the drawings, or as directed engineer-in-charge. The
thicknesses of individual layers shown on the drawings, are tentative and may
require modifications to satisfy filter ad drainage requirement and the
contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by
engineer-in-charge without extra cost. The coarser materials shall form the
core of the mat with a cover on the top and bottom of progressively finer
materials. The laying of the individual layers shall proceed in such a way to
preclude as far as possible the mixing of material of one size with that of the
other.
The layer of sand shall be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers,
rollers or any approved equipment so as to achieve relative density of more
than 70%.

125
ED-F4: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :- TRENCH DRAINS AND MOUND

DRAINS:-
The measurements shall be of the volume of the total quantity of filter material
placed as per the cross sections of drains as finally approved and constructed shall
be recorded. In case of a trench drain the bottom width and bottom levels and side
slopes shall be as recorded for the item of excavation. Any material filled in
excavation beyond approved section will not be paid for. The rate includes all leads
and lifts.
FILTER MATS OR DRAINAGE BLANKETS
a) FILTER MAT IN BLACK SOIL ZONE
The work shall be measured on the basis of cross sections taken at every 20
meters or at less distance as directed. The cross section shall be taken before
laying the drainage mat and then after completion. The quantities of sand
gravel or metal will be recorded separately for different types of materials and
paid for accordingly. The rate includes all leads and lifts.
b) FILTER MATS ON EMBANKMENT ALREADY LAID
The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section taken at every
15meters or at less distance as directed. The cross section shall be taken
before and after laying the filter mat. The quantities of sand, gravel or metal
will be recorded separately and will be paid for accordingly. The rate includes
all leads and lifts

126
SECTION - 8
ED-DG DRILLING AND GROUNTING:-
ED-DG DRILLING AND GROUNTING OF FOUNDATION
Drilling in rock by wag on drills and/or jack hammers including

flushing and washing of holes prior to grounting
This item shall include the drilling of holes as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge including flushing of the holes prior to grounting .The work
drilling and grounting for high pressure contain grouting and drilling for the deep
drainage holes through the gallery are excluded from this contract.
DRILLING PATTERN:
HOLES : Holes----------mm.dia 6m to 10m deep shall be drilled by wagon drills
in rows not exceeding four as spaced as shown in drawing or as directed by the
Engineer-I –charge with drill holes I each row spaced at a suitable distance in the
manner described here in after.
A set of holes called primary holes will be drilled as shown in drawing
in the above rows staged intermediate to one or as may be specified by the
Engineer-in-charge .After grounting these holes a further series to intermediate
holes called secondaryholes shall be drilled as shown in drawing midway between
the primary holes.If required further intermitted holes called territory holes shall be
drilled as shown in drawing i.e. primary and secondary holes.The final space of
grout holes shall in general be determined by the grout consumption in the
preceding pattern of the holes as may be required by the Engineer-in-charge.
After the drilling has been completed, the holes shall temporarily capped
or pludge until it is grouted.Any hole becoming blocked or choked before it is
grouted shall be opened to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge,by and at the
expense of the contractor.
Following the drilling of( each stage and prior to grout injection, water
shall be pumped under pressure as directed by Engineer-in-Charge through drill rod
or any other pipes to wash the cuttings and the soil from the crevices in the rock
adjacent to the hole, to the surface by the upward flow of water discharging from
the hole. The washing shall be continued until reasonably clear water emerges from
the hole in no case for less than 20 minutes.
The washing shall usually be timed so as just proceed grouting. Final
washing shall not be completed far in advance of grouting. As a last operation
preparatory to grouting the holes shall be blown to clear the accumulated much at
the bottom.
MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS :
The drilling shall be measured and paid for as per actual depth of drilling
in rock measured from the foundation level of the rock along the aligment of holes
or up to the death directed by the Engineer-in-charge writing ehich ever is less.the

127
rate of item also including cement slurry,steel,wedging etc.However the payment

for providing anchor bars will be made under item of reinforcement.
ED-DG2 GROUTING:-
Grouting of cement or cement with admixture in holes drilled vide para

ED-DO 1 above in stages of 3 meters from bottom upwards.
This item includes grouting og the holes drilled previously specified.
Before the grouting of holes is taken up, adjoining holes shall be kept
clean and open in case there is a grout connection between these holes during
grouting
Grout for sealing the foundation shall consist of neat cement and water
measured and mixed to exact preparation as directed by the Engineer-in-charge If
necessary, suitable admixture shall be added as specified by the Engineer-in-charge
The admixture will be supplied by the department free of cost. The contractor will
not however be paid extra for adding such admixture.
The equipment for mixing and grouting shall be capable of effectively
mixing the grout in correct and specified proportions agitating it and pumping it in
to the hole in continuous flow at designed pressure. satisfactory arrangement shall
be made for accurately measuring the quantity of water, cement and other material
to be used. The general to mixing tanks concerned in random shall be used the
grout being mixed in the first tank called mixture and kept agitated to the proper
consistency in the second called agitating tank prior to being pumped into the holes.
This later tank shall feed the grout directly to the pump.
The pump shall be of such design as to enable wide range of pumping
speeds to be used and to maintain a constant flow of grout intake in the hole at
designed pressure (2 Kg/cm2) i.e. reciprocating double acting air driven pump.The
mixed grout shall be conveyed to the hole by means of a suitable pipe or flexible
rubber holes designed to the with stand the maximum pressure required and of
internal diameter of not less than 1’’ The circulating systems of returning extra
grout to the mixture shall be adopted and the grout shall be kept circulating
continuously at sufficient velocity.To prevent under settlement or clogging at the
fitting in the pipe line. Both the pump and pipe line shall be flushed occasionally
and the deposit of grout in pump and mixer not removed by flushing shall be
cleaned out by scraping upon the complection of any continuous iperation all pipes
shall be dismantled and thoroughly cleaned. Pressure central valves shall be
installed at the pumps, or in the injection systems for adequate control of the
operation. Specially equipped gauges with diaphragm or a short tube filled with
semifluid water proof grease or oil,to prevent the entry of grout in to them shall be
installed both at the pumps and holes so that they will be directly raed both the
hole pressure and pumping pressure0.The mixture and pumps shall be placed as
close to the hole as practicable and long pipe line so to avoid both in the intrest of
control and undesirable blockages .All connection both at the header into the
hole,shall be well fitted and be consistent with the minimum dia of 25 mm as
specified above.

128
The mixer shall be provided with a water meter to measure accurately the quantity
of water being used. A fine screen capable of being readily removed, cleaned and
replaced shall be provided between the mixer and pump.Any arrangement of
equipment shall be flexible and capable of modification on to meet construction
exigencies.
Initially, grout shall be applied at specified pressure with thin mixes. The actual
proportion of cement to water shall be decided upon site,depending upon thestrata
met with and the resilt of water intake test.but generally shall very between 1:10 to
1:1 (Vol.of dry cement :vol of water)Depending upon certain characterstics which
may reveal themselves in the courses of injections,pumping speed may be increased
and mixes thickened to commensurate with resistance to injections.If pressure
remain relatively low, compared with the finial injection pressure of the stage
concerned, despite such a proceduresuitable admixtures shall be added as directed
by the engineer-in-charge to thicken the mix and there by located the treatment for
any particular injection point.Alternately intermittent grounting shall be restored to
if directed to do by the Engineer-in-charge so in order to allow time for the grout
set and thus accelerate plugging of the same.As a hole approachesrefusal the grout
shall be progressively thinned the pumping shall be carefully regulated and the
grouting continued to refusel at the specified maximum pressure and maintained at
this pressure for the period of not less than 10 mins.If for any reason grouting
operation must be stopped before a hole has been grouted to refusal, clear water
shall be kept runninginto the until grouting is resumed.After the grouting
operationare completed for the shift or the day,the remaining unused grout mix
shall be thrown away. Also a mis not used up completely within one-hour after
mixing or that which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge has settled or
clogged shall be thrown away.If such wastage in the opinion of the Engineer-in-
charge which shall be finial and binding is due to the negligence of the contractor
no payment or rebate shall be made for the cement and other materials thus wasted.
The pressure at the top 3 meter of the hole to be grouted should not exceed
2
0.34 kg./cm per foot depth of hole, measured over the center of the hole to be
grouted.
The grouting for a particular hole (or a section of a hole)shall be deemed
to have been completed if the hole(or the section of the hole being grouted) refuse
to take more than 1cft.of grout mixture in 40 minutes under the specified grout
pressure for the hole(or section)under considerations.
The conn-actor shall be responsible for the sealing of any such leakages as
mayoccur during the grouting operation and such sealing shall be adequate to
enable the injection of the hole concern to be finalized at the specified presspore for
that particular stage depth
No grouting shall be done unless the engineer – in charge Or his authorized
representive is present to,direct the grouting operation and to take the measurement
of the same

129
MODE OF MEASURMENTS & PAYMENT
Measurment & payment for grouting shall be made on the basis of cement
actually forced in to the grout hole.All westage due to any cause shall not be paid
for.
Payment shall be made at the unit price per kg of cement tender in schedule
bank & shall include all material plan leabour required for the grouting operations
In case stone dust or other materials supplied by department has to be mixed
with grout the same shall deemed to the included in the rate of grouting.

130
SECTION 09
MASONRY DELETED
M masonary:-
M.1 SCOPE OF WORK:-
i) The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all material,equipment
and labour for providing and laying masonary. In foundation or superstructure with
coursed rubble masonary forU/S facing of the dam; curing and performing all the
function necessary and ancillary there to
ii)pointing shall have to be done to the face work of masonar.
The cost of cement pointing to the faces shall br covered by the unit rates accepted
for the relevant item of masonary,unless otherwise specified by separate item.
iii)Installation of all embedded parts of gates of penstoxk Irrigation outles,pipes for
penstock and construction sluice or any other metal work (supplied free cost by the
department)stands included in the item.No extra payment will be made for the
installation of this embedded metal work or for delaysor for interruptions arising
there from.
M.2 preparation of foundation surface:-
M.2.1.SCOPE:- All work involved in preparation of foundation with air and
water
jets,and sponging pools of water stand included in this item.All operation and
cleaning stands included irrespective of repetitions necessary to ensurethe desired
standard cleaning the foundations.
M.2.2 All weathered or partly decomposed place of work remaining shall be
removed so as and to have on the foundation any other. Than that which is an
integral part of the rock mass. Areas of low bearing capacity steps inclined seems
faults and crushed stone in on otherwise good foundation if permitted to be kept
shall be cleared out to the sufficient depth and field and plugged with masonry or
concrete as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
M.2.3 Final Finished Surface of the Foundation
The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross
section to
give added resistance to sliding. All smooth surface shall be rough and
artificially
to give good bond. The surface shall be free from strip angles and the edges
of
benches shall be chamfered approximately 45 pinnacles or sharp projection
shall be knocked off and prominent knobs flattened out.Neither along the
length of the dam nor across it shall the foundations normally have a slope in
excess of the angle of fraction between the rock and masonary.The exact
grade and slop to which thefoundation will be funished shall be as directed
by the engineer-in-charge after examining the condition of the foundation
rock and the design requirements. If directed by the Engineer-in-charge
masonary shall be anchored to the foundation rock below and such
afteraction,taken as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
M.2.4 Testing for Soundness:-

131
The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy
hammer and if any loose portions of the foundations rock revealed by
ahollow sound shall be excavated further(without blasting) till a clearing
sound is obtained.the decision about accept-ability in this respect shall rest
with the Engineer-in-charge and shall be binding on the contractor.
M.2.5.TREATMENT OF SPRING :-
All spring met within the foundation shall be closed by grouting and the
grouting of foundations done, as set out in the specification for grouting,
paymentfor such grouting done will be made under the item of grouting in the
alternative at the discretions of the Engineer-in-charge the spring shall be
connected to the drainage allery in the manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-
charge without any extra cost.
M.2.6. Clearing of Foundation With Waster Jets Etc :-

Immediately before masonry started the foundation shall be thoroughly
cleared of all loose materials including all chips, sand dirt and lightest fild of
oil or grease.. This shall be done with the help of steel brooms hammer,
picks jets, of water and air and high pressure and or wet sand blasting
followed by through washing. The whole surface and particularly all corners
crivices and joints shall be cleaned and all dirt clogged to them by holding
tip of the water nose close to it, water being supplied at 15 M head. The
washing and scrubbing shall be continued until the wash water is clear and
entirely free from dirt final cleaning all water shall be removed.
M.2.7. FOUNDATION TO BE KEPT COMPLETELY DRT DURING

CONSTRUCTION :-
Thefoundation shall be kept completely dewatered till such times as would

be required for the masonry to set. The dewatering required for this purpose shall
be included in the separate item of diversion and dewatering, for the entire work.
[SP -38] M.2.8. MODEOF MEASUREMENT :-
This item will not be measured and paid separately. The rate for item is
presumed to be coveredin themasonry.
M.3 ‘PREPARATION ON FOUNDATION, CONCRETE OR MASONRY

SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING :
M.3.1 LAYING OF MASONRY OVER MASONRY WHICH HAS NOT

HARDENED :-
Before laying of masonry the surface of masonry in day to day work shall be
cleaned with air and water jets so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted
but pool of water shall be avoided. The cost of such cleaning shall be covered by
the unit rate accepted for the item of masonry.

132
M.3.2 [a] TREATMENT OF HARDENED MASONRY SURFACE :-
i) Masonry surface over which the floods have not passed and have
remained exposed for and period such that the new masonry can not
be integrally Incorporated with the previous one shall he prepared in
the same manner as the surface of foundation rock before staring the
new layer of masonry over the old one the mortar shall be scraped
from joints in the lower layer to a depth of at least on inch cost of
such preparation shall be covered under unit rate accepted for
masonry.
ii) Masonry surface, over which the floods have passed and remained
exposed may require removal of some portion there of the extent of
which shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge in such case, the
contractor shall not be entitled to receive any payment for the
replaced masonry. The dismantling work involved shall also, not be
paid for and deemed to have been covered under the unit rate
accepted for the masonry work, Where dismantling is not ordered the
masonry surface shall be prepared in the same manner as indicated in
para [i] above.
M.3.3.[b] TREATMENT OF HARDENED CONCRETE SURFACE :-
Concrete surface, which has hardened shall be roughened by chipping to a

depth of one inch so as to remove top morter film and get a rough surface for
starting masonry in addition to preparations indicated for preparing the rock
foundation for laying masonry. Cost of such preparation is covered under the unit
rate accepted for masonry.
M.3.2[c] COAT OF CEMENT MORTAR :-
Immediately before commencement of laying masonry over finally prepared

rock foundation or old masonry or concrete surface the foundation shall be kept wet
for at least 24 Mrs.
Before commencement of masonry all water pools shall be drained away

and the entire foundation covered with about 300 mm layer of C.C.M.150 with
water cement ratio 0.60. The masonry stones will be hammered into this green
concrete and vibrated or thoroughly worked up by rodding between stones. The
masonry on top shall be built one continuous process between stones embedding a
bedding of green concrete. This cost of providing this concrete at the base is
deemed to be included in the unit rate of masonry or concrete for the body of the
dam in the reach concerned.
M.4 STONES :-

133
M.4 1 QUALITY :- All stones used on the works under these specifications shall
be obtained from quarries approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the
quarry will not mean that any stone from the quarry is approved the stones shall be
of sound, hard and durable qulity and shall be free fron wins, flaws cracks and
other defects.
M.4.2 SIZE :- Stones to be used fro masonry should be of as large size as possible.
The dimension of the stone to be used shall not be less than 15 cm. on ay face. No
stones weighing less than 28 kg. shall be allowed to be used in masonry chips
however will be used to make the masonry as dense as possible. The total volume
of chips with be 5 to 10% of the masonry.
M.4.3 TEST FOR GOOD STONES :- Before any quarry for stone is approved, itr
shall be seen that besides satisfying the specifications mentioned above the stone
shall be such as will not absorb more than one and half percent (by weight) of water
after keeping it under water for 24 hours.
M.5 SAND :-
M.5.1 SOURCE OF SIZE :- The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand.
The maximum size shall be limited to 5 mm.
M.5.2 QUALITY :- The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated,
gritty material, obtained from rock fragment. It shall be free from injurious amounts
of dust. Lumps soft and flaky particles such as alkali organic matter, loam mica and
other deleterious substances. The maximum percentage of deleterious matter in
sand as delivered for use in mortar shall not exceed the following values.
PERCENTAGE OF WEIGHT :-
Materials passing No.200 Sieve B.S.or (I.S.No.8 average opening 0.0029)
3%
Shale 1%
Coal 1%
Clay lumps 1%
Total of other deleterious substances such as alkali, mica coated grains, soft
and flaky particles 2% The sum percentages of all deleterious substances shall not
exceed 5% by weight. The set shall be free from injurious amounts of organic
impurities. Sand producing a colour darker than the Standard in the colorimetric
test for organic impurities shall be rejected. If the impurities are beyond the
acceptable limits stated above, the sand shall be washed or otherwise cTeaneH-tcT
the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the contractor.
M.5.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS :-

134
The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieve analysis of the sand shall
conform to the following limits of gradation
ASTM sieve No. Equivalent ISS No. Cumulative percentage
retained on sieve.
3/8’’ 3/8’’ Nil
4 480 0 to 8
8 240 10 to 25
16 120 25 to 45
30 60 50 to 70
50 30 75 to 90
100 15 90 to 97
The gradation curve of the natural sand shall leave within the enveloping
curve of gradation specified as above.
M.5.4 (a) FINENESS MODULUS :-

The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentages of sand
retained on the 6 standard screens from No.4 to No.100 inclusive A.S.T.M.
standard (or 480,240,120,60,30 & 15 sieve of the I.S.I. Specification) and dividing
the sum by 100. Any deviation, from the specified range of gradation and fineness
modulus shall not be permitted without the written permission of the Executive
Engineer, Corrective measures if any required for improving the fineness modulus
shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
M.5.4. (b) NATURAL SAND :-
Natural sand shall have a fineness modulus ranging from 2.6 to 3.00 without
any admixtures.
M.5.4.(c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE :-
If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist,
bulkage will be measured and allowed, provided sand is stacked at site at least for
48 hours before use. Blockage of such a stack will be measured regularly as
directed by The Engineer-in-charge and allowed according to these observations.
Observations is for blockage will be made as per Indian standard procedure and
allowance will be made as under.
Blockage Observed Allowance to be made
Below 5% Nil
5 to 10 5%
10 to 15 10 %
15 to 20 15 %
20 to 25 20 %
25 to 30 25 %
30 to 35 30 %

135
The Engineer-in-charge’s decision regarding blockage and allowance to be

made for the same shall be final and binding on the contractor.
M.6 CEMENT :- Cement shall be brought by the contractor on his own cost and
shall be confirm so the specification laid down by the I.S. Institution (videtheir
Sp.No.I.S. 269-1958) for Portland cement.
M.7 ADMIXTURE :-
M.7.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the authority as any time, and from time
to time to order the addition of any air entering agent or other admixtures such as
fly ash to any mix of concrete or mortar in such proportion pr quantity or mode as
he may specify and the contractor, shall comply with the same. The admixiture
shall be supplied at the work site free of cost. Further handling and mixing etc.
shall be done by the contractor at no extra cost to Govt. The cost of such operations
shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate for the item of masonry/
concrete. If fly ash is used as replacement of cement to any percentage as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge the rate for the item of masonry or concrete would be
reduced as per the provision contained in the clause 3.2.1Mix variation Clause for
Cement.
M.8 WATER :-
M.8.1 QUALITY :-
Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and from
objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter, alkali, salts and other injurious
materials.
[SP-42] M.8.2 TURGIDITY PERNMISSIBLE :-
The turbidity of water for mixing mortar shall not be more than 2000 parts
per million and shall preferably be lower.
M.9. MORTAR GENERAL :-
M.9.1 SPECIFICATION FOR INGREDIENTS :-
It shall be seen that ingredients going to from the finished product of mortar
comply indibvidually with the specifications separately laid out for each of them.
M.9.2 TIME FOR USE :-

136
Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial set
of cement which shall not be more than 30 minutes or as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge.
M.9.3 PROPORTION OF INGREDIENTS :-
The proportions of ingredients mentioned for each type of mortar are

nominal proportions. The real criterion governing the mix will be the strength
specified and actual proportions of the ingredient to give the requisite strength shall
be determined by experiments. The mix proportion is liable to be varied at the
discretion of the Engineer-in- charge to ensure the requisite strength. If the normal
mix fails to give the requisite strength, the mix shall be varied as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The mix proportions stipulated are by volume. The volume of
sand will be directly measured prior to mixing. Volume of cement shall be
reckoned on the basis of 0.035 Cubic meter of cement per bag. Each bag before use
shall be corrected to weight 50 kg. ( Excluding weight of empty bag which will be
considered as ½ kg. ) by adding extra cement. The cost on account of weighing
and adding of extra cement is covered under the unit rate accepted for masonry or
concrete. Measured quantity of water shall be added to achieve the workability as
specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
M.10 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH :-
M.101 The dam section will be divided into zones as per the strength requirements
of masonry. The proportions of mortars for masonry in different zones will vary
according to the requirements of strength. The stipulated crushing strengths at 28
days for different mortar proportions shall be as below.
CEMENT MORTAR :- 1:5 56 kg./sq. cm.

1:4.5 73 kg./sq. cm.
1:4 90 kg./sq. cm.
1:3 112 kg./sq. cm.
[SP-43] M.10.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TESTS :-
Preliminary tests of cement mortar cubes shall however be carried out in the
laboratory will in advance of commencement of work. These tests should indicate
and adequate margin over the stipulated crushing strength.
M.10.3 WORK TESTS ON MORTAR :-

137
Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per relevant
Indian Standard Specifications. For work tests samples shall be taken on the job as
and when directed generally for work tests, samples shall be taken for every 100
cubic meter of masonry and at least three times a day. Samples for the work tests is
defined as a set of 3 cubes. The materials required for carrying out preliminary
laboratory tests and work tests [cement, mortar, sand as the case may by] shall be
supplied by the contractor free of cost and collection of samples, casting cubes and
curing and testing shall be carried out by the department at Government cost.
M.10.4 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :-
No set or work test cubes shall have at 29 days crushing strength of less than
the stipulated crushing strength. The average of the crushing strength of the three
work test cubes shall be taken as the crushing strength of the set However the
individual crushing strength of these cubes in the set should be within 15% of the
average crushing strength of the set, which Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion accept the average crushing strengths of the set which is 90% of the
stipulated crushing strength. However, for every set of works test cubes which,
gives a 28 days crushing strength of less than 90% but equal to or more than 80%
of the stipulated crushing strength the volume of masonry laid and represented by
the set of work test cubes shall be paid at such reduced rates as may be decided by
the Engineer-in-charge.
M.10.5 In addition to the 28 days strength test the Engineer-in-charge may at his
direction make 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days [accelerated curing] strength test
and fix up the relation between such strengths and 28 days strengths after studying
the actual values realized. If at any time the test i.e. 7 days or 3 days [accelerated
curing] strength indicate that the strength may not be achieved as specified by the
Engineer-in-charge shall have authority to suspend the work of laying masonry
until the reasons for low strength have been investigated and corrected. The
contractor shall comply there with without such suspension being made a reason for
any claim. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion also order suspension of
work when the verification the strength of the individual work test cubes from
average of the set is in opinion excessive. The contractor shall comply with such
suspension until the reasons for the variations are investigated and corrected and
such suspension shall not be accepted as reason for any claim.
M.11 CEMENT MORTAR
M.11.1 PROPORTION :- THE MORTAR SHALT, BE OBTAINED BY :-
Through mixing together the ingredients in specified proportions in a

mechanically operated mixer.
M.11.2 MODE OF MIXING :-

138
The ingredients of mortar shall be properly mixed in mixers designed so as

to positively ensure uniform distributions of all the component material throughout
the mass at the end of mixing period. After all materials except for the full amount
of water are in the mixer, the mixer, the mixing of each batch shall continue for
about 1to 2 minutes depending upon the revaluations per minutes of the mixer and
experience. The minimum mixing period specified above assumes proper control of
the speed of rotation of the mixer and of the introduction of the materials including
water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the Engineer-in-
charge when the charging operation fails to producer the required uniformity of
composition and consistency within the from batch to batch. The contractor shall
not be entitled for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. The
excessive mixing requiring the addition of water to preserve the required mortar
consistency shall be avoided. If the maxing and charging operations are such that
field without sacrifice of needed workability the mixing time may be shortened
under orders of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by mechanical means
only. The sequence of feeding of the ingredients into the mixer shall generally be as
under.
50% of requirement of water.

50% of the requirement of sand
Full quantity of cement
Balance quantity of sand.
Balance quantity of water.
M.12 MIX VARIATION :-
M.12.1 Mix Variation (Cement : Sand) shall not constitute an extra item.
If the proportion of cement to sand is varied, addition or deduction shall be

made in the rate of masonry for the cement used in excess or short than the
stipulated requirement of cement per cub meter of masonry at the rate as given in
the sanctioned estimate. For this purpose the volume of mortar in masonry shall be
taken 45 percent of volume of the masonry decreased rate according to the
variation in the cost of cement. The variation in the cost of cement will be
calculated at the rate of cement specified in schedule “A” of the agreement.
Generally the weight of cement bags is taken as 50 kg. for calculation but
actually the weight of bags is found less. Thus this shortage of cement should be
corrected by weight volume batching and may be borne by the depth. If controlled
concrete quantity is to be achieved. In case of vlo. batching also the same
procedure is to be used but weighing to be done every day to correct forms
measurement.
M.12.2 MIX VARIATION (CEMENT : SAND) SHALL NOT

CONSTITUTE AN EXTRA ITEM

139
If the proportion of cement to sand is varied an addition or deduction shall

be made in the rate for masonry for the cement used in excess or short of the
stipulated requirement of cement per cubic meter of masonry at rate as given in
Annexe “A” of detailed tender notice. For this purpose the volume of mortar in
masonry shall be taken 35 percent of volume of masonry.
M.13 MASONRY (GENERAL) :-
M.13.1 The clause under this section shall apply to all types of masonry.
M.13.2 Stones to be wetted before use :-
All stones chips etc. shall be cleaned and free from dust mud to ensure a
good bond
with mortar and shall be wetted before being laid. For this purpose the stones that
are immediate to be used shall be kept sprinkled with good clear water. There shall
be good collections of stones and spoils within easy reach of each mason to unable
proper selection of stone for individual locations while laying and the stack shall be
kept continuously replenished.
M.13.3 DRESSING OF STONES :-
The stones shall be set in the works received from quarry after merely
knocking off wead comers and edges with a mason’s hammer and after clearing
scales of foreign matter if any.
M.13.4 LAYING :-
The stones shall be laid carefully on their natural flat bed so as to break
joints as much as possible. They shall be solidly bedded in mortar with close joints.
No joint shall exceed 4 cm. nor shall it be less than 12 mm. in thickness. Chips of
stone and spauls shall be wedged into the work, wherever necessary to avoid thick
beds or joints of mortar and to give masonry of maximum density.
No dry work or hollow space shall be allowed. Every stone, whether large or
small shall be set flush in mortar, shaken and hammered down by a mallet to sink
in to it and to bring out all excess water and locked air insides and bends. The
smaller stones used in the filling shall be carefully selected to fit simply in to the
internal between the large ones.
Matter to be added to fill the internal space shall be well worked by trowel
and steel bar. Disturbing the mortar during the peno3 of setting shall be avoided. If
it is necessary to move a stone after it has been placed in position it shall be lifted
clear and then placed. Care shall always be taken to see that the joints in masonry
already laid or not disturbed while handling or moving stones. Mortar joints of top
and side of a layer shall be pressed and brushed over a coil brush as be taken to see

140
that the joints in masonry already laid or not disturbed while handling or moving
stones. Mortar joints of top andside of alayer shall be pressed and brushed over a
coil brush as soon as masonry is laid soas not to leave any loose mortar. No traffic
which will disturb the stones will be allowed on freshly laid masonry.
M.13.5 BONDING AND BOND STONES :-
a) For ensuring good bond, masonry shall be finished uneven at the end
of the
day’s work or at the top surface of the work done in each lift. No mortar shall be
allowed to remain over the masonry at its top at the day’s work. All mortar on the
top shall be removed.
b) A Row of vertical headers shall be erected, at about 2 meter centre to
centre
to centre both ways so that there is at least one vertical header for every 4 square
meter, in every layer. The headers shall be least 0.6 meter long.
M.13.6 Precaution to be Obtained Dense Masonry
In order to obtain dense masonry following precautions should be taken
i. Under pinning shall be avoided after a stones laid as it tense to lift the
stone and create air pockets.
ii. Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall be
avoided.
iii. Leveling the masonry on the top of the course by use of chips shall be
avoided. All chips will be driven on the end only which will help to
squeeze the compact mortar in the joints.
M.13.7 Limit on Height Masonry to be Done In a Day :-
The Height of masonry that shall be allowed to be constructed at time shall

be 0.6
m. maximum. No fresh masonry shall be laid over masonry previously laid within
24 hours its laying. In case sufficient working space is not available at higher
levels, this condition amy be relaxed by the Engineer-in-charge.
M.13.8 The work shall be built squared, plumb curved or battered as may be
required by the design. It shall be carried out in a workmen with aid of moulds of
templates and centres etc. Which will be provided by the contractor at no extra
cost.
M.13.9. Quantity of Mortar :-

141
Every efforts should be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is used
in the
masonry. The quantity of mortar may very between 40 to 50% of masonry laid.
M.13.10 Scaffolding to be Done by the Contractor :-
All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided with in the rates
quoted for
the items of masonry.
M.13.11 Providing plant ways.

Plank wall ways or other suitable arrangement shall be providedat the
contractor’s
cost promptly for the use of necessary job traffic. over freshly laid masonry of the
day.
M.13.12 Curing OF MASONRY
All masonry as it progresses shall be kept well watered on the top and sides
for a
period of not less than 21 days from the date of building in place. At the close of
day’s work or for other period of season of the work the top of all masonry is to be
kept will watered, watering being done carefully so as not to disturb or washout
mortar. Where watering is done by manual labour, night shift is necessary, shall be
arranged for constant watering. Masonry shall on account be allowed to present a
dry surface during curing period. Should the mortar perish i.e. became day through
neglect of watering such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra cost. If
the curing arrangement of the contractor are not satisfactory the Engineer-in-charge
may in his discretion engage labour and provided material equipment for curing
and recover expenditure thus involved from the contractor.
M.13.13 Weak or Defective Masonry
If any portion of masonry is found to be defective or weak in construction it
shall be removed and rebut by the contractor without any extra cost in the
alternative at the direction of the Engineer in change. Such masonry shall be
sufficiently grouted at contractors cost in a manner specifiedby the
Engineer-in-charge and to his entire satisfaction.
M.13.14 Cleaning After Constrction

All masonry should be cleaned after completion.The finial exposed face of
machinery shall be plastered with cow-dung or mud mortar wash as soon as
masonry is laid and pointed to avoid stains during further construction work.
This plaster shall subsequently be thoroughly removed by washing and
masonry faces made clean after the completion of work the cost of these
protection &cleaning measures shall be deemed tobe included in the unit
rate for masonry.

142
M.13.15 ZONING OF MORTARS
The location of mortars of variousmixes shall be as shown in the drwingor as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time.
M.13.16 BLOCK OUTS &SLOTS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR

Block out and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolts and other
embedded parts shall be provided by contractor without any extra cost.
M.13.17 MONOLITH :-
The dam shall be longitudinally divided in to monoliths of suitable sizes as

shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge smooth joints shall
be provided between two adjacent monoliths. For this purpose the vertical surface
of the monoliths constructed.
First shall not have a face projection above 15 mm. and should be provided
with smooth plaster in cement mortar 1:3 of minimum thickness. The unit rate
accepted for the relevant masonry shall cover the cost of such plaster. The
maximum permissible differential height between the adjacent monoliths is 10 m.
M.13.18 The masonry in the upstream side along with the face work and the
masonry for hearting with down stream face work shall be carried out
simultaneously ensuring good bond between the different types of masonry.
M.13.19 Damage Due to Floods,Govt.Not Responsible :-

Any damages done to masonry due to flood passing over the work
completed in
the previous working season, or caused due to floods during construction, shall be
covered by the rates quoted for the items. No claim whatever shall be entertained
for such damages. It may be necessary to remove the loose or doubtful masonry
and to rebuild to the extent as directed by the engineer-in-charge before starting
fresh masonry. The cost of removal of such defective masonry and rebuilding the
same shall be done by the contractor. Every season before the 31st of May the
masonry in the overflow portion(i.e. the portion over which the water will be
allowed to flow in the monsoon immediately ensuring)shall be brought to the shape
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. No masonry work in the overflow portion
will be normally allowed to be done after 31st May till monsoon subsides.
M.14 MEASUREMENT :-
Payment shall be made on thenet quantity ‘of masonry arrived at after

deducting quantities for openings and other class of working in dam from the total
volume of masonry. Such deduction shall not apply to the anchor bars, grout
holders or weep holes or any other opening not exceeding 225 sq. cm. in across
section. The quantity of masonry will be worked out by prismoidal formula only.

143
M.15 COURSED RUBBLE MASONRY IN CEMENT MORTOR 1:3 :-
M.15.1 HEIGHT OF COURSE :-
The stone shall be laid in horizontal course not less than 200 mm (8 inches)
in height. The stones in each course shall be of equal height andall courses of the
same height unless otherwise specified but no course shall be thicker than any
course below it. Masonry on the upstream impermeable membranes shall be done
in cement mortar 1:3 for thickness as shown in the drawing. Or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge from time to time.
M.15.2 DRESSING :-
The face stones to be squared on all joints and beds. The beds to be
hammered or chisel dressed, true and square for at least 75 mm (3 inches) back
from the face and the joints for at least 38 mm (one and half inches). The face of
stones to be hammer dressed and bushing not to project more than 38 mm (one and
half inches).
M.15.3 THICKNESS OF JOINTS :-
No pinning will be allowed on the face. All side joints shall be vertical and
bed horizontal and no joints shall be more than 12mm in thickness.
M.15.4 SIZE OF STONE :-
No face stone shall be less in breadth, than in height or shall tail in to work
to a length not less than one and half time to height.
M.15.5 BOND STONES AND HEADERS :-
In walls thicker than 1.2 m (4 ft.) vertical headers bond stones shall be
inserted every one and half meter a part in each direction. They shall be atleast 500
sq.cm. in face area and shall have a tail of atleast 0.60 m. They shall run through
the height of two courses. Their position shall be staggered in the successive
courses that any two courses shall be bonded with such vertical bond stones,
through stones shall be inserted about every one and half meters in every course
and shall rum right through the wall when not more than 600 mm. thick, when the
work is more than 600n mm in a line of 2 or more headers shall be laid from face of
back, which shall have length of atleast thrice the height of each course,
andfacearea not less than 500 sq.cm.
M.15.6 BREAK OF JOINT :-
Stones shall break joint atleast 1/2 the height of the course.

144
M.15.7 QUOINS :-
The quoins which shall be of same height as the course in which they occur
shall be foamed of stones atleast 50 cm. long laid stretcher and header alternately.
They should be laid square on their beds which should be fairly dressed to a depth
of atleast 10 cm. and rough dressed beyond to present nearly square bedding.
M.15.8 HEARTING :-
Hearting shall consist of the flat bedded stones carefully laid on their proper
beds and solidly embedded in mortar, chips and spauls of stone being wedged in
wherever necessary so as to avoid thick beds or joints in mortar, care being taken
that no dry work or hollow spaces are left any wherein the masonry.
The face work and backing shall be brought up evenly but the backing
should not be leveled at each course by the use of chips.
M.15.9 PAYMENT :-
Masonry for upstream U.C.R. masonry in cin 1:3 includingthe C.R. face
work will be paid at the rate quoted for the item. The quantity of masonry will be
worked at by prismoidal formula only.
M.16 UNCOURSED RUBBLE MASONRY :-
M.16.1 STONE FOR FACE WORK :-
The stones shall be selected of uniform size, and not less than 500 square
cm. On the face and shall be rough dressed to knock of projections and comers.
The tail should not be less than one and a half time the least face dimension and
shall approach 32 cm. near and close joints. If necessary, the edges shall be
hammered to ensure close jointed work. Care shall be taken to ensure that face
work is bounded well in to the masonry.
M.16.2 FILLING :-
Face stones shall be laid without any pinning on the surface and shall be
fitted so as to form near and close joints. If necessary the edges shall be hammered
to ensure close jointed work. Care shall be taken to ensure that face work is
bounded well into the masonry.
M.16.3 BOND STONES :-

For good bond, bond stones shall be provided at the rate of one per square
meter of the face work. They shall be least 500 sq.cms. in face area and shall have a
tail of at least 0.8 m.
M.16.4 QUOINS :-

145
The quoins which shall be of same height as the course in which they occur,
shall be formed of stones atleast 50 cm. long and shall be laid header and stretcher
alternately. They shall be laid square on the beds, which shall be neatly dressed to
depth of atleast 10 cm and rough dressed beyond to present nearly square bedding.
M.16.5 JOINTS :-
The joints in the face work shall not be more than 2 cm. and stones shall be
arranged of break joints as much as possible and long vertical lines of joints shall
be avoided.
M.16.6 MODE OF MEASUREMWENT :-
The face work shall be carried out within the rate quoted for the relevant
item of masonry.
M.17. U.C.R. MASONRY FOR HEARTING :-
The mix proportion for this work shall be shown on the drawing or as
directed by Engineer-in-charge time of time.
M.18 POINTING :-
The pointing shall be flush or pressed pointing as directed by the Engineer-

in-charge.
M.19.1 PROPORTION OF MORTAR :-
All pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise
specified. The cement shall ordinary Portland cement supplied by the department at
the rates specified in schedule ‘A’. The sand to be used shall be fine. It shall be
fine. It shall pass through No.16 mesh A.S.T.M. (I.S.120) The sand shall confirm in
all other respects to specification under the paragraph 3.5.
M.19.2 RAKING JOINTS :-
The joints in masonry to be pointed shall be raked square for a minimum

depth of 4 cm. within 24 hours of laying of masonry. In special circumstances this
period may be relaxed to hours. The refilling and pointing shall be done within 3
days of raking of the joints so as ensure good adhesion between the two mortars. If
the raking is not done within the period specified above, Engineer-in-charge
may engage labour for racking joints and recover the cost there of from the
contractor.

146
M.19.3 CLEANING JOINTS :-
Before pointing, the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or loosely
adhering cement or mortar and washed out properly and thoroughly wetted.
M.19.4 FILLING JOINTS :-
The joints shall then be filled with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise
specified which shall be thoroughly rammed and caulked into the joints. The
pointing mix shall neither be too dry nor too wet. The mortar shall have just enough
water so that it will stick together on being molded in to a ball by a slight pressure
of the hands but will not leave out free water when so pressed and will leave the
hands dump. Pointing shall be carried out as rapidly as possible and not touched
again after the mortar has once begun to set.
M.19.5 FLUSH POINTING :-
The joints shall be filled with cement mortar which shall be thoroughly
rammed and caulked in to the joints. No lines shall be pressed on the joint but the
joints shall instead be merely rubbed smooth with the “Nayala” as soon as the
mortar has begun to set. The extra mortar on the edge shall be carefully scraped off
to give a neat appearance. Pointing shall be carried out as rapidly as possible and
not touched again after the mortar has once begun to set.
M.19.6 PRESSED POINTING :-
The joints shall be pressed with special trowel “Nayala” as soon as the
mortar has begun to set and the hollow spaces refilled with fresh, mortar to
consolidated in the joints shall be rubbed with Nayalas till thery are about 5 mm.
deep into masonry. After rubbing, the extra mortar of the edges of the joints shall
be carefully scraped off with the nose of the trowel to give a neat finish.
M.19.7 FINAL FINISH OF JOINTS :-
The joints shall be neat, defined, regular and of uniform width.
M.19.8 The work pointed should be curried for 21 days after pointing is complete.
M.19.9 MEASUREMENT :-
The cost of pointing is covered in the unit rate of masonry.
M.20 WEEP HOLES :-

147
Weep holes ofsutable size as directed by the engineer-in-charge shall be

provided in the walls as and where directed through the full width of masonry. The
sides of the weep holes shall be formed as uniform as possible by using flat faces of
stones around holes. The holes shall have the bedding at the specified grad The
opening of each, weep holes on the fill side shall be covered by graded materials
laid as a reversefilter in order to obviate carrying away of the fill material by the
seeping water. No deduction will be made for the holes in calculating the volume of
masonry for payment, nor any extra payment be made for providing the hole or
profiding and laying the graded filter material as stated here in.
M.21 LAYING OF MASONRY: AGAINST VERTICAL FACE :-
Whenever masonry is to be laid abutting the vertical or inclined rock face,

cement concrete of M-150 class or as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge of
minimum thickness of 300 nun. shall be laid between the masonry rock face. For
this purpose masonry shall be built first and then concrete shall be poured between
the masonry and rock face, properly vibrated so as to have proper bond with
masonry and rock face. Payment would be made for quantity of concrete on the
basis of adjoining masonry irrespective of the actual thickness laid which shall not
be less than 300 mm. thick.
M.22 PERMEABILITY TESTES:-
M 22.1 Permeability test shall be carried out on constructed masonry according to

the following procedure as directed to do so.
Test holes shall be drilled through the mosonary laid during the previous
working season before the commencement of laying masonary each working
season and leakage through the same observed. The test holes shall be
40mm.dia.1:7:8 inches dia(Ax.Bit) drilled with diamond drilling machine and
shall be such as the hole shall pass through the entire masonary to be
tested.Leakage shall be observed at 15m.interval using necessary packers while
carring. Out permeability tests. Holes shall be drilled vertically in the upstream,
rich cm. masonary at random but spaced at 12m.centers paralled to the axis of the
dam In the hearting masonary holes for taking permeability tests shall be at the rate
of one hole for every 150sq.m.to area selected at random by the Engineer-in-
charge.
M.22.2 The standard or permeability to be aimed as a maximum of 0.03h.liters

minute a mater of hole in upstream masonry diaphragm I rich mortar and 0.068 h.
liters/ minute / meter of hole in hearting masonry under a pressure of 1.75 times the
hydrostatic head [h.meters] at that elevation maintained for at least 10 minites
during each test subject to 10m meters being the minimum value of h.
M.22.3 DRILLING AND GROUTING OF MASONRY :-

148
If the total loss during the tests exceeds the values specified above,
systematic drilling and grouting till refusal shall be carried out by the contractor at
his own cost, to achieve the required degree of permeability. In case the contractor
fails to take up the drilling and grouting as directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall
do this work either departmentally or through other contractor after issuing a ten
days notice to that effect. The cost of such drilling and grouting which shall be
decided by the Engineer-in-charge shall be recovered from the contractor from any
amount-due to him.
The Engineer-in-charge’s decision in the matter shall be final and binding on

the contract.
The cost of drilling of test holes conducting permeability test and drilling
and grouting of masonry as may be necessary shall be borne by the contractor and
shall be deemed to have been included in the rate of masonry.
M.22.4 DEDUCTION FROM R.A.BILLS FOR PERMEABILITY TESTS :-
Deduction at the rate of 2/- per m3 of masonry for permeability test shall be
made from the Running Account work bills and kept under deposit. The amount so
deducted shall be released progressively as and when permeability tests, in any
portion are successfully completed as per provision of contract.
M.23 PART RATE TO BE PAID IN R.A.BILLS :-
M.23.1 IN RUNNING ACCOUNT BILLSPART PAYMENTS & WILL BE

MADE
AS IN DICATED BELOW :-
Percentage of masonry Completed Percentage Rate payable

Up to 75% 98%
Up to 90% 99%
Above 90% 100%
The above deductions shall be allowed to be converted in to fixed deposit

Receipt of scheduled bank.

149
SECTION - 10
CEMENT CONCRETE
C1.1: SCOPE OF WORK
The work covered by this item shall consist of
i) Furnishing all materials equipment and labour for the manufacture,

transport, placing curing of concrete and performing all the functions
necessary and ancillary thereto, including finishing the concrete to the
required shape as per drawing.
ii) Erection of all embedded parts in the block outs for gates, irrigation outlet,
pipes, construction sluice and other metal works instrumentation etc., shall
be carried out by other agencies. The contractor shall initially keep
adequate block outs, recesses etc., to house such embankment and
subsequently concrete the block outs or recesses around the erected steel
work with concrete of grade M-200. The item will not be paid separately
and shall be deemed to be included in the unit rate of concrete or masonry
surrounding the structure.
iii) Providing and removal of all form work compressing, furnishing all
materials, equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport, erection,
keeping in place with necessary fixture and support oiling complete.
C1.2 The following specifications will apply in general to all types of concrete
work including RCC work.
CEMENT :cement 53 grade in 50 Kg.bags&material shall be purchased

by contractor and testing and carrying charges done by contractor.as
directed by Engineer-in-charge.
C1.3.1: SOURCE AND SIZE
The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be
limited to 5 mm.
C1.3.2: QUALITY
The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable uncoated gritty material obtained
from rock fragments. It shall be free form injurious amounts of just lumps, soft and
flaky particles shale, alkali, organic matter, loam mica and other deleterious
substances. The maximum percentage of deleterious matter in sand as delivered for
use in mortar shall not exceed the following values.

150
PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT
Material passing No. 200 sieve BS or (IS No 8, average opening 0.0029) 3%

Shale 1%
Coal 1%
Clay lumps 1%
Total of other deleterious substances such as alkali,
Mica coated grains soft and flaky particles. 2%
The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight.
The sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. Sand
producing a colour darker than the standard in the calorimetric tests for organic
impurities shall be rejected. If the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits stated
above the sand shall be washed or otherwise cleaned to the entire satisfaction of the
engineer-in-charge at the cost of the contractor.
C1.3.3: MECHANICAL ANALYSIS
The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieves analysis of sand shall generally
confirm to the following limits of gradation.
ASTM sieve Equivalent weight Cumulative

No. ISS No. retained on sieve percentage by
3/8’’ 3/8 Nil
4 480 0 to 30
8 240 10 to 30
16 120 50 to 65
30 60 65 to 90
50 30 90 to 99
100 15 99 to 100
The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the enveloping curve
gradation specified as above.
C1.3.4
a) FINENESS MODULUS
The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentage of

sand retained on the 6 standard screens from No 4 to 100 inclusive ASTM
Standard (or 480, 240, 60, 30 and 15 sieve of the ISI specifications) and
dividing the sum by 100. Any deviation from the specified range of gradation
and fineness modulus shall not be permitted without the written permission of
the Engineer in charge. Corrective measures if any required for improving the

151
fineness modulus shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) NATURAL SAND
Natural sand shall have a fineness modulus ranging from 2.7 to 3.6 without
any admixtures.
c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE
If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist,
bulkage will be measured and allowed, provided sand is staked at site at least
for 48 hours before use. Bulkage of such a stack will be measured regularly as
directed by the engineer-in-charge and according to these observations.
Observations for bulkage will be made as per Indian Standard procedure and
allowance will be made as under:
Bulkage observed Allowance to be made

Below 5 % Nil
5 to 10 5%
10 to 15 10 %
15 to 20 15 %
20 to 25 20 %
25 to 30 25 %
30 to 35 30 %
C1.4 : COARSE AGGREGATE
C1.4.1 Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of hard, dense, durable,
uncoated, crushed and shall be free from injurious amount of soft, friable,
thin, elongated or laminated pieces, alkali organic matter or other
deleterious substance. Flaky and weathered stones shall not be used.
Aggregate shall be tested in accordance with tests prescribed in IS 516-59
and 1999-59 or subsequent revisions. Use of gravel fraction left behind
after sieving river sand shall be permitted in the blending of coarse
aggregate if asked for after suitable experiments and without rate variation.
C 1.4.2: IMPURITIES
The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed if
necessary to ensure that all faces of the stone are perfectly clean. The
maximum individual percentage by weight of deleterious substances in any
size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following values:-

152
Materials passing through No. 100 screen (ASTM) One

Shale One
Coal One
Soft Fragments One
Clay lumps One fourth
Other deleterious substances One
The sum of percentages by weight of all the deleterious substance in any

size shall not exceed five.
C1.4.3: GRADING
a) The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under:
Maximum Nominal Percentage of coarse aggregate fraction (mm)

size of Range
Aggregate mm
20 mm 10 to 20 - - 100 55 to 67 33 to 35
40 mm 20 to 40 - 40 to 50 50 to 60 23 to 40 18 to 30
80 mm 40 to 80 20 to 36 16 to 36 35 to 44 10 to 30 13 to 28
b) The coarse aggregate shall be of such a size as shall be retained on a mesh of 5

mm square.
c) The grading between the limits specified above shall be such as shall produce
a dense concrete of the specified proportions and consistency that will work
readily in the position without segregation and without the use of an excessive
water content.
C1.5: WATER
Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of slit
organic matter, alkali, salt and other impurities which are likely to be injurious. The
turbidity of water or mixing shall not be more than 2000 parts per million and shall
preferably be lower.
C1.6 : GRADING AND RELATIVE PROPORTION
The grading of sand and coarse aggregate is liable to be modified beyond the limits
specified above to suit local conditions in order to obtain required strength and
workability. The grading as well as relative proportion of sand and coarse

153
aggregate are liable to be changed at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge in

order to produce dense concrete of required strength which can be worked readily
into position without segregation in a given ratio of cement and total aggregate
(sum of volumes of sand and of coarse aggregates). No compensation is payable for
adjustment in relative proportion and grading of aggregates. Air entering agent if
considered necessary will be supplied by the department free of cost. This shall be
mixed in concrete in the manner and quantity as may be directed by the engineer-
in-charge without any extra cost.
C1.7 (A): MIX VARIATION AND CLASSIFICATION
In case the ratio of cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement
content under specific orders of the engineer-in-charge the contractor shall be paid
at increased or reduced rates according to the variation in the cost of cement alone,
resulting from change in mix proportion calculated as per table given below.
The variation in cost of cement will be calculated according to the rate for cement
at Rs. 210/-50 kg and the change in the requirement of cement by weight per cubic
meter volume of concrete as determined by the following table.
C1.7 (B): FOR WORK COSTING MORE THAN RS. 50.00 LAKH
Cement variation in the concrete mix shall not constitute an extra item. In case the
cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement content under
specific order of the engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall be paid at increased or
reduced rates according to the variation in the cost of cement alone, resulting form
change in mix proportion calculated as per table given below at the rate as given in
Annexure ‘A’ of detailed tender notice.
Sr. Nominal mix Size of Equivalent Assumed cement

No. proportion of the aggregate ISS mixes consumption one
concrete by volume cubic meter of
concrete
1 1:2:4 20 MSA M 150 282 kg
2 1:2:4 40 MSA M 150 260 kg
3 1:2:1/2:5 - - 255 kg
4 1:3:6 - M 100 220 kg
5 1:4:8 - - 172 kg
C1.8: ADMIXTURE
Any admixture for concrete supplied by government free of cost at the

departmental store at dam site colony shall be transported, handled, and mixed by
the contractor at no extra cost. Such admixture shall not be considered as

154
amounting to variation in the mix and is not covered by the mix variation clause in
this section.
C1.9: BATCHING
Proportions of concrete items mentioned in Schedule ‘B’ are to be designed on the

basis of weight volumetric proportion.
Cement shall be batched by volume at will presumed that each bag to cement
issued by the department weights 50Kg. excluding weight of cement bag. After
establishing the bulk densities of the aggregates, all aggregated shall be batched by
volume by measuring with boxes. The bulk densities of coarse aggregate shall be
established by observation at such intervals, as may be directed by the engineer-in-
charge. The bulk density of sand shall be verified at least once daily and bulkage
allowed by a procedure approved by the engineer-in-charge. Measured quantity of
water shall be added.
C1.10: FORMS
1.1.10.1: GENERAL
a) Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required line shall be used
whenever, necessary. The form shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to
hold concrete and to withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without
excessive deflection from the prescribed lines the more so when the concrete
is vibrated. The contractor shall have to get the design and drawing of the
centering approved from the engineer-in-charge before erection. From work
shall be of any of the following types :- a) Wooden shuttering with steel plate
lining.
b) Steel Shuttering
Wooden shuttering will be allowed if it is free from warping and is fabricated

true to line and shape. The decision on the engineer-in-charge as to the
suitability of wooden shuttering as per(a) above to be used by the contractor
will be final and binding on the contractor. The surface of all forms in contact
with shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable device shall be used
to hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms together in
accurate alignment.
C1.10.2: REUSE OF FORMS ETC
Form required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable

conditions and shall be thoroughly cleaned and smoothened before reuse. Where
metal sheets are used for lining forms, the sheet shall be placed and maintained on

155
the forms with minimum amount of wrinkles, lumps or other imperfections. All
forms shall be checked for shape and strength before reuse.
C1.10.3: ERECTION AND REMOVAL OF FORMS
I. Before placing concrete the surface shall be oiled with suitable non staining
oil such as raw linseed oil so as to prevent sticking of concrete and to facilitate
the removal of form.
II. The oil shall cover the form fully and evenly without excess over drip. Care
shall be taken to prevent oil form getting on the surface of the construction
joints and on reinforcement bars. Special care shall be taken to oil thoroughly
the form strips for narrow grieves so as to prevent/swelling of the forms and
the consequent damage to concrete prior to or during removal of forms.
Immediately before concrete is placed care shall be taken to see that all forms
are in proper alignment and the supports and fixtures are thoroughly secured
and tightened.
III. Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units, the forms
shall fit tightly over the complete surface so as to prevent leakage of mortar
from the concrete and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.
IV. Form shall be left in place until their removal is authorized and shall then be
removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete.
V. Removal of form shall never be started until the concrete is thoroughly set and
hardened adequately to carry its own weight, besides the live load which is
likely to come on the work during construction. The length of time for which
the forms shall remain in place shall be decided by the engineer-in-charge,
with reference to weather conditions, shape and position of the structure or
structural member and the mature and amount of dead and live load. In normal
circumstances forms shall be strucked after the expiry of the following
periods.
a) Beam sides, walls columns (unloaded) 72 hours
b) Slabs, and arches (props left under) 04 days
c) Slabs, and arches 10 days
d) Beams soffit (props left under) 01 day
e) Props to beams. 21 days
f) Lean concrete (side) 02 days

156
g) Tunnel lining 24 hours
In no case shall forms be removed until there is assurance that removal can be
accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. No loads will be
allowed to damage the concrete surface. Heavy load shall not be permitted
until after the concrete has reached its designed strength. The forms shall be
removed with great caution and without harming the structure or throwing
heavy forms upon the floor.
C1.11: MIXING
The ingredients of concrete shall be batches as mentioned in Para 1.9 and properly
mixed in mixers, designed so as to positively ensure, uniform distribution of all the
component material throughout the mass, at the end of the mixing period. The
mixing of each batch shall continue for about one and half to two minutes
depending upon the revolutions per minutes of the mixer and experience, after the
materials except for the full amount of water are up the mixer the minimum mixing
period specified above assumes proper control of the speed of the rotation of the
mixer and of the introduction of the materials, including water. The mixing time
shall be increased at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge when the charging
operation fail to produce concrete of the required uniformly or composition and
consistency within the batch and from batch to batch contractor shall not be entitled
for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. Excessive mixing requiring
the addition of the water to preserve the required concrete consistency shall be
avoided if the mixing and charging operations are such that the required uniformity
of the concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified
without sacrifice of needed workability and the mixing time may be shortened
under order of the engineer-in-charge mixing shall be done by mechanical means
only.
Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer
capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The
skip shall then be emptied in to the drum and specified quantity of water added to
material In drum.
C1.12: TEST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE

C1.12.1: STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH
The crushing strength in kg per square cm on works cubes, at 28 days, for each
nominal mix shall be as under:-
Nominal Maximum size of Equivalent Stipulated crushing
Mix Aggregate mix ISS strength Kg/cm2
7 days 28 days
1:1.5:3 20 M 200 135 200
1:2:4 20 & 40 M 150 100 150

157
1:3:6 - M 100 75 100

1:4:8 - M 75 50 75
C1.12.2: PRELIMINARILY LABORATORY TEST
Preliminary tests of cubes shall be carried out in the laboratory well in advance of
commencement of work. These tests should indicate an adequate margin over the
stipulated strength specified in Para C.1.12.1.
C1.12.3: WORKS TEST ON CONCRETE
Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per the relevant
Indian Standard Specifications. For works tests samples shall be taken on the job as
and when directed. For work tests, samples shall be taken once for every 30 cubic
meter of each type of concrete laid at least three times a day. The sample for work
test is defined as a set of three cubes. The materials required for the samples
(concrete, cement, sand and coarse aggregate) shall be supplied by the contractor
free of cost and collection of sample, casting of cubes and curing and testing shall
be carried out by the department at contractor’s cost.
C1.12.4: STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE
No test of “work test” cubes shall have at 28 days a crushing strength below 85 %
present of the stipulated crushing strength. The average of the crushing strength of
the three work test cubes shall be taken as the crushing strength of the set.
For every set “Work test” Cubes which gives a 28 day crushing of less than 85% of
the stipulated crushing strength a value of 30 cubic meter of concrete shall be paid
at such reduced rate as may be decided by the engineer-in-charge.
Each sample of work test cubes shall be assumed to represent 30 cum concrete and
corresponding quantity of concrete showing crushing strength les than stipulated
strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.
Equal to or more than 95% At full rates in occasional cases.
Equal to or more than 90% - 5% reduced rates

but less than 90%
Equal to or more than 95% - 10% reduced rates

but less than 90%
The reduced rates shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer if the crushing
strength fails below 85% of the stipulated crushing strength, then the quantity of
concrete represented by these samples will not be paid for defective parts. If

158
noticed shall be removed and redone by the contractor at his cost. Unit for
expectance or these tests will be one working season.
investigated and corrected. The contractor shall comply therewith without such
suspension being made a reason for any claims. The Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion also order suspension of work when the variation in the strength of
individual work test cubes form the average of the set is excessive. The contractor
shall comply with such suspension until the reasons for the variations are
investigated and corrected and such suspension shall not be accepted as reason for
any claim.
C1.12.5: SLUMP TESTS
In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, slump tests shall have to be
made by the contractor when and where required by the engineer-in-charge and as
per the Indian Standards Specifications, the allowable slumps shall be decided by
the engineer-in-charge depending upon the location of the concrete.
C1.13: PLACING CONCRETE
C1.13.1 Concrete shall be placed only in locations where authorized and no

concrete or mortar shall be placed until form work, installations of
embedded parts, preparation of surfaces or necessary clean up had been
done and approved.
C1.13.2: ROCK SURFACE
Rock surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be prepared as

specified in Section 3 ED-a.
C1.13.3: MASONRY SURFACE
i) Masonry surfaces on which or against which concrete is to be placed shall be

prepared as described in relevant Para in Section M. The unit rate for masonry
shall cover the cost of such preparations.
ii) If the old layer of masonry which has been paid for is required to be removed
as mentioned in relevant Para in Section-9M it shall be back filled with
concrete along with the upper concrete layer at no extra cost.
C1.13.4: CONCRETE SURFACES
Before laying the concrete, the surface of the concrete in day to day work, shall be
cleaned by wire brush and jets of water so that surface is thoroughly cleaned and
wetted but pools of water are avoided. If the old concrete surface has remained
exposed for more than two weeks it shall be prepared in the same manner as

159
indicated in Para 3.4 of section 3.2 and rough ended by chipping to a depth of one
inch and the surface coated or covered with a layer of cement mortar 1:2 for a depth
of 5.15.7.60 cm. The unit rate of concrete (old) shall cover the cost of all such
preparations and also of the cost of cement mortar. The concrete removed for
roughening shall not be paid for.
C1.13.5: ALL SURFACES
I) The cleaned rock masonry or concrete surface shall be applied with cement
slurry and then cement mortar cost as described in relevant Para of Section-9
M.
II) The first few batches of concrete may, if so required contain half the regular
size of coarse aggregate, without any extra claims.
III) The cost of such preparation work stands included in the unit rate of cement
concrete.
C1.13.6: TIME FOR USE
All concrete shall be placed directly in its final position within 30 minutes of
mixing. Any concrete which has become so stiff that proper placing cannot be
assured without re-tampering shall be wasted and shall not be paid for. All surface
of forms and metal work including reinforcement bars that have become incrusted
with dried mortar or grout concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such
mortar or grout before surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.
C1.13.7: METHOD OF PLACEMENT
Before starting placing of concrete it should be made certain that the transporting
and placing equipment is there and in proper repair and that equipment along with
the operating staff is arranged to deliver the final concrete in the positions without
undue delay objectionable segregation. The methods and the equipment used for
transport and placing of concrete shall be such as will permit the delivery of the
concrete of the required consistency into the work without objectionable
segregation porosity or excessive loss of the workability. Excessive segregation
from whatever cause shall be prevented in handling and placing operation by
avoiding or controlling later movement of the concrete as in dumping at an angle of
depositing continuously at one point and allowing the concrete to flow. Concrete
shall not be dropped from excessive heights and the free fall should be kept to a
minimum concrete shall be deposited in continuous horizontal layers in a thickness
of approximately 30 cm. in normal work to 45 cm. (Eighteen inches) for mass
concrete except that nothing herein shall be constructed to permit placement of the
additional horizontal layers of mass concrete before the entire area to be concerned
is covered by previous layers. On flat horizontal surfaces, where conjunction of
steel near the forms makes placing of concrete difficult, a mortar of the same

160
cement, sand ratio as used in the concrete shall be first deposited to cover the forms
and shall stand, included in the unit rate of concrete before the entire area to be
concrete is covered by previous layers.
C1.13.8: RATE OF PLACING
Concreting should continue without available interruption until the structure of

section is completed until satisfactory construction joints can be made. Location of
construction joints shall be as directed by the engineer-in-charge. Concrete shall not
be placed faster than the placing crew can compact it properly. In placing thin
members and columns, precaution shall be taken against to rapid placement which
may result in movements, or failure of the form due to excessive lateral pressure.
An interval of at least 12 hours and preferably 24 hours should elapse between the
completion of column and walls and the placing of slabs, beams or girders
supported by them in order to avoid cracking due to settlement all concrete shall be
placed in approximately horizontal lifts not exceeding 1.25 meter in thickness per
day. Concrete in arches should be done in strip extending from one pier to another.
No thorough joints shall be kept in the span.
C1.13.9: CONCRETING AT NIGHT TIME
If concrete is to be placed at night adequate lighting arrangements shall be made as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
C1.13. 10: CONCRETING AT DURING RAINS
When concreting is required to be done or continued while it is raining it shall be

seen that concrete is not damaged due to rain while it is being transported and
placed. After placing the green concrete, the same shall be adequately covered for a
period of 24 hours when it will be capable of being cured by splash of water. The
surface of fresh concrete should be maintained on a slope sufficiently to result in
the self drainage of rain water the work shall however be discontinued when the
rain is so severe that the water collects into pools or washes the surface of the fresh
concrete and it is not possible to provide adequate shelter.
C1.14: COMPACTION
C1.14.1 All concrete shall be vibrated by mechanical vibrator or approved type so

as to ensure dense concrete. Hand tamping and Roding, shall not be used
for compaction of concrete except in special circumstances with the
express permission of the engineer-in-charge. When immersion type
vibrators art used, they shall be used vertically and at about 50 cm apart.
The vibrator shall be inserted to the full depth of the newly laid concrete
layer. The vibrator shall however, not reverberate a concrete which has
commended its final set. Special care shall be taken to see that the
vibrator touching the reinforcement of embedded part does not disturb

161
the concrete below, which has commenced its final set. The concrete
shall not be vibrated excessively so as to cause segregation.
C1.14.2 Each layer of concrete, for surfaces which are required to be smooth and
for all surfaces which will be permanently exposed to the weather, and
for all surfaces next to embedded metal work, shall be worked and
vibrated by mechanical vibrators of approved type only so as to obtain a
concrete of maximum density and imperviousness and to closely assure
contact of the concrete with forms, reinforcement bars and other
embedded parts. If the methods of transporting and placement have been
conductive to air entertainment segregation or stiffening the work of
compaction should receive special attention.
C1.14.3 For concrete surface exposed to flow of water special precaution shall be
taken to minimize and to prevent surface pitting and protrusions without
resorting to over manipulation of the concrete mix to the forms. No
plastering for getting a smooth finish shall be permitted to these
locations. Any protrusions shall be ground smooth.
C1.15: CURING AND PROTECTION
All concrete shall be protected against injury until final acceptance. Exposed
finished surface of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of sun for at
least 72 hours after placement concrete shall be kept continuously moist for not less
than 21 days. Construction joints shall be cured in the same way as other concrete
and shall also be kept moist for at least 72 hours prior to the placing of additional
concrete upon the joints. Approximately horizontal surfaces shall be cured by
sprinkling, pointing or by covering by damp sand or maybe cured by the use of wet
quilts or mats. Vertical surfaces shall be cured by covering with wet jute bags. If
damp sand or quilting is used for curing it shall be removed completely later.
Should the concrete perish that is become dry or powdery through neglect of
watering such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra cost. If the curing
arrangements of the contractor are not satisfactory the engineer-in-charge may in
his discretion engage labour and provide material and equipment for curing and
recover expenditure thus involved from the contractor.
C1.16: FINISHING
C1.16.1: GENERAL
Finishing of formed and unformed surface shall be performed only by skilled

workmen. All exposed concrete surface shall be cleaned of all incrustations of
cement mortar or grout and unsightly stain shall be removed.
C1.16.2: FORMED SURFACES

162
Surface of concrete finished against forms shall be smooth, free from projection
and filled thoroughly with mortar, immediately upon removal of forms, an
unsightly ridges or fines shall be removed and any local bulging on exposed
surfaces shall be remedied by tooling a rubbing all holes left by the removal of
fasteners, shall after being reamed with toothed reamer be neatly filled with dry
patching mortar. All porous and fractured concrete and surface concrete to which
additions are required to bring it to the prescribed lines shall be sharp edged and
keyed and shall be filled to required lines with fresh concrete or dry patching
mortar. Where concrete used for filling the chipped openings, these shall not be less
than 8 cm in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and followed to the
surface of the openings. Honeycombed surface and surfaces which give a hollow
sound shall be rectified by guniting at the contractor’s cost, within the unit rate
accepted for concrete.
C1.16.3 DRY PITCHING:-

Dry pitching shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of sand by volume and
just enough water, so that the mortar as used, will stick together on being molded
into a ball by a slight pressure of the hands and will not exclude water when
pressed but will leave the hands damp. The mortar shall be placed in layers of not
more than 25 mm thickness. After being compacted each layer shall be roughened
by being scratched to provide an effective bond, with the successive layers. The last
or finishing layer shall be smooth to form a surface continuous with the
surrounding and shall be sound and free from shrinkage cracks.
C1.16.4 (a) FINISHING PERMANENTLY EXPOSED SURFACES
Except otherwise specified or directed all permanently exposed concrete

surfaces and other waterway surfaces requiring durability under water (except the
outlet) shall be finished in the following manner, immediately up on the removal of
the forms, the surface shall be wetted and all surface pits and air bubbles filled by
the rubbles filled by rubbing mortar composed of cement and fine sand in
proportion 1:2 into the pits with burlap so as to secure a uniformly dense smooth
surface. The ribbing shall be performed in such a way as to leave the surface free
from mortar not used for filling the pits should the filling operations be unduly
delayed and the surface of the pits becomes coated with, dirt or other contaminating
materials they shall be thoroughly cleaned and washed and shall be maintained in a
moist condition, until the mortar filling is placed.. Such cleaning shall be done by
means of air and water jets and chipping or brushing or other satisfactory mans
without damaging the surrounding concrete. All operations in connection with the
filling of surface pits shall be handled as quickly as practicable to minimize the
period during which the concrete and mortar filling are exposed to drying. When
the treatment of a surface has been completed the surface shall net and of the same
colour and texture as the adjoining surface.

163
(b) FINISHING OF CONCRETE SURFACE IN OUTLETS
Special finish as hereafter specified shall be done for the concrete surface
in outlets. The maximum allowable deviations for the finish are as listed
below.
Type of irregularity Allowance in mm

Depression Nil
Gradual 6
Abrupt 6 parallel to flow and
3 not parallel to flow
Abrupt irregularities are defined as off sets and fines caused by displaced or
misplaced from sheeting lining or form section by loose knots in forms otherwise
defective or lumber. All others (except depressions) are classed as gradual
irregularities. Gradual irregularities shall be measured with five feet template
consisting of a straight edge for plain surface or its equivalent for curved surfaces.
Grinding or storing shall be done as required to bring the irregularities within the
specific limits as above.
C1.16.5: FINISHING CONCEALED SURFACE:-
For exterior concealed surfaces below ground or backfill level or like surfaces not
otherwise specified no finish is necessary except that sand streaks, metal pockets,
honeycombing other imperfections which are of consequence affecting strength
water tightness or protection of reinforcing steel from corrosion, shall be corrected
and repaired as prescribed for formed surface.
C1.16.6: FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACE
Unformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operations of screening

floating and toweling. Working of the surfaces should be done at proper time
employing experienced men and should be just sufficient to produce the desired
finish. Screening which gives the surface its approximate shape by striking off
surplus concrete immediately after compaction shall be accomplished by moving a
straight edge or template with a saving motion across wood or metal strips that
have been established as guides. Where the surface is curved as special ace reed be
brought true to form and grade by working it sparingly with a wooden float if a
coarse textured finish is desired or if the surface is to be steel trowel led a second or
final floating shot be performed after some stiffening has occurred and the surface
moisture film or shine has disappeared. Where a smooth dense finish is desired
floating shall be followed by steel toweling some time after moisture film, or shine
has disappeared from the tabled surface and when the concrete has hardened

164
sufficiently to prevent fine material and water from being worked out the surface.
Excessive toweling particularly at early time shall be avoided.
C1.16.7: DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS GOVT. NOT RESPONSIBLE
In case of damage of any of the concrete works due to floods, Govt. will not be
responsible and whatever corrective measures are required to be adopted shall be
done by the contractor at his cost. Provision of paragraph 1, 12, 19 of Masonry
Section-9 shall apply.
C1.17: PAYMENT
C1.17.1 Payment shall be on the net quantity of concrete after deducting

quantities for opening and other class of work. No deduction shall be
made for anchor bars, reinforcement, grout holes and bore or weep holes
or any opening not exceeding 100 cm in cross section. Rate shall be
subject to paragraph C.1.12.4. above. Measurements of concrete shall be
taken within the specified pay lines for the structure or as indicated on
the drawings. Any concrete placed in the excavation beyond the line of
structures to void use of forms shall not be paid for. The quantity of item
shall be computed by using Prismoidal Formula only.
Block outs and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolt and
other embedded parts shall be provided by the contractor without any
extra cost. The payment for from work required for concrete if any shall
be presumed to be included in the payment of concrete item.

165
SECTION - 11
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
R.1.1: SCOPE OF WORK
This item covers providing, hauling storing strengthening, cleaning, cutting,

bending, placing and or erection in position, securing and maintaining in position
all reinforcement of MS Bars plain or for till the concrete is placed around it. It also
includes splicing of the bars as shown on the drawings or as required by the
engineer-in-charge and providing the hooks at ends. It also includes the cost off
furnished and attaching wire ties and chairs, metal supports etc. It also includes
welding of reinforcing bars where directed or permitted by the engineer-in-charge
the reinforcement will be either MS or Tor steel. Combination or MS plain or Tor
steel will be allowed in absence of availability of specific steel.
R.1.2: SUPPLY
The reinforcing steel shall be supplied by the contractor.
R.2: BAR BENDING SCHEDULE
The department will indicate the design requirement steel for the different
components. The contractor shall prepare the bar bending schedule form those
design, statement, showing the details of bends, cranks and splices provide by him
for all the bars to be placed and get them approved form the Engineer-in-charge.
The schedule shall be presented for approval well in advance of the laying of the
reinforcement
R.3: CLEANING
Before steel reinforcement is placed in the position the surface of the reinforcement
bars shall be cleaned off rust, scale, dirt, grease and other objectionable delirious
foreign substance, heavy flaky rust and mill scale that cannot be removed by firm
rubbing with burlap or equivalent treatment being considered. The fact light or
early stage rust, has no detrimental effect on bond and hence could be disregarded
shall be accepted as an excuse for careless handling and storage of steel
R.3.1 In storing, bars of the same sizes, lengths, shape and grade shall be
assembled in racks and marked distinctly. Before the reinforcement bars are fixed
in position it shall be verified that they are of the specified sizes and are cut and
bent in accordance with the plans and specifications. They shall be accurately
placed and secured in position by means of built in concrete blocks, metallic chairs,
hangers, spacers or other suitable devices at sufficiently close intervals so that they
will not sag between supports, not be displaced during the placing of the
concrete or by any operation of the work.

166
R.3.2 Special care shall be exercised to prevent any disturbance of the

reinforcement in concrete that has already been placed. The reinforcement after
being placed in position shall be maintained a clean condition or unsightly rust
stains on exposed concrete surface.
R.4: BENDING (REFER ISS NO 2502-1963)
Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bent in a manner that will injure or

weaken the materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the plans shall not be
used. Bars shall be bent to the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings or as
directed, using a bar bender, operated by hand or power, to attain the proper
bending radius. The radius of bend shall not be less than 4 times nominal size of the
bar. The radius of the bents for stirrups and ties should not be less than twice the
thickness of bar.
Heating of reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally be permitted.

When however, such heating is permitted in the case of large diameter large
diameter bars, the temperature of the steel shall not exceed the corresponding to
cherry colour, (about 800ºC)
R.5: PLACING
a) Binding wire :- Wire for typing reinforcement shall be soft and annealed
steel. The wire may be of 1.2 mm to 1.63 mm and shall be soft and shall have
( to confirm to 1:5 280, 1962) and ultimate strength of not less than 5600
kg/cum and yield point of not less than system 5600 kg cum yield point of not
less than 3000 kg/cum.
b) Support and spacers:- Metal supports spacers shall be fabricated from no

corrodible metal. Dissimilar metals should not be placed in concert in intimate
proximity with each other or joined by a conductor, specially in the continued
presence of moisture unless it is known that galvanic action will not result.
c) Splicing by overlapping:- Bars splices as indicated in the drawing or as

specified by the Engineer-in-charge shall only not be done in the region of
maximum bending moment and splicing of adjacent bars shall be avoided as
far as possible.
d) By welding:- Welding of bars of splicing may allowed in place of lapping, as

the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge at approved locations. When welding
is resorted to instead of lapping the bar to be spliced shall be lap welded or
built welded by electric welding Ends or bars to be spliced shall be cleaned of
all dirt, scales, rust, paint and foreign matter before welding all welding shall
confirm to the relevant Indian standard specification. And weld will be
considered unsatisfactory if it fails sustain a tensile. Stress of at least 90% of

167
the tensile stress of carrying out the as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and
with in the accepted unit rate for reinforcement.
R.6: DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS
R.6.1 The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be except as
provided below in 6.2 not less than the greatest of the following distances.
a) The diameter of each bar, if their diameters be equal.

b) The diameter of the bar, larger if the diameters be unequal.
c) 6 mm more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate
comprised such concrete.
NOTE :
A GREATER DISTANCE SHOULD BE PROVIDED WHEN CONVENIENT
R.6.2
The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel reinforcement of the
corresponding distance at right angles to two inclined main steel. Reinforcement
shall not be less than 12 mm except at a splice or tap and except where on
reinforcement is transverse to the other.
R.6.3
The pitch of the main bars in a reinforcement concrete solid slab shall not be more
than three times the effective depth of such slab.
R.7: CONCRETE COVER
R.7.1
Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement from corrosion

of as indicate in the drawing. All detruding bars from concrete or masonry to which
other bars are to be spliced and which will be exposed to action of weather for an
indefinite period shall be protected from rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout.
Accurate records shall be kept at all time of numbers, sizes, lengths and weight of
bars placed in position for different parts or the work.
R.7.2
The thickness of concrete cover (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish shall
be as follows)
a) At each end of reinforcing bar a cover not less than 25 mill twice the diameter
of such rod or bar.

168
b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column cover not less than 40 mm nor
less than the diameter of such rod in the as of column of minimum dimensions
of 18 mm or under those the bars which do not exceed 12 mm diameter 25
mm cover maybe use.
c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam a cover not less than 25 mm nor
less than the diameter of such rod or bar.
d) For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab a over not less
than 12 mm nor less than the diameter of such reinforcement.
e) For any other reinforcement not less than 12 mm nor less than the diameter of
such reinforcement.
f) For all external works for work against earth faces and also for internal work
where there exists particular corrosive conditions. The cover of the concrete
shall be increased 12 mm beyond the figure given below (a to e)
R.7.3
Where because of splicing, the thickness of concrete in between reduces to less

than the maximum size of the aggregate of concrete with reduced maximum size of
the aggregate, shall be used so as to allow development of bond in the splices. The
extra cost of such special concrete shall be deemed to have been included in the
unit rate for the main concrete and shall be paid at the same rate.
R.8: ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT POINTS FOR ATTENTION
I) Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in position lit shall be verified as to
whether are of the specified grade, size and are cut and bent in accordance
with the relevant drawings and specification. For any mistake, the contractor
shall be solely responsible and shall made himself liable for all rectifications
of mistake at his risk and cost.
II) Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and secured in positions by

means of built in concrete blocks, metallic chairs, hangers spacers or other
suitably approved device at sufficient close intervals so that they will not sag
between supports and shall not be displaced during placing of concrete or any
operation of work.
III) Before standing concreting, the contractor shall ascertain that the
measurement of the reinforcement placed have been recorded by the authorize
representative of the dept. and the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may
order dismantling and reconstruction of the work where necessary. The
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative shall record the fact of his

169
having checked and approved the reinforcement in the order book kept on the
work before allowing concerting to commence.
R.9: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS
The reinforcement shall be paid as the weight on Kg/Qtl. Of the actual quantity of
steel reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at by measuring the length of the
bars multiplied by the standard weight per unit length for the particular diameter of
bar (as shown in the bar bending schedule) The standard weights of the bars shall
be as follows.
Diameter of bar in mm. Weight in kg/m

6 0.22
8 0.40
10 0.60
12 0.90
16 1.60
18 2.00
20 2.50
22 3.00
25 3.80
28 4.80
32 6.30
36 8.00
40 9.90
45 12.50
50 15.40
In case of deformed bars, the weight per unit length for a bar for specified diameter
(in nominal size will be as shown in the manufacture catalogue). The issue of
deformed bars to the contractor and the payment to the contractor will be done on
the basis of weight given by the manufactures.
This shall include the quantity in laps, hooks and bends. It shall not include weight
of metallic chairs, hangers spacers or other suitable devices, if use. The length of
bar shall be measured to the nearest 10 cm. A fraction less than 5 cm shall be
neglected and fraction of 5 cm or more shall be taken as 10 cm.
The cost of the wire used for tying the reinforcement shall be deemed to be
included in the rate for the item of reinforcement and shall not be paid separately.
The item rate shall be exclusive of chair, hanger, space etc. Separate measurements
for supports steel shall kept and payment shall be made at issue rate per schedule
“A” Surplus steel in pieces longer than 2,.50 m out of the steel issued to the
contractor will be taken back at the rate at which it was issue to the contractor The
convenience to the placer of original issue of steel being at the contractor cost. The
contractor shall return such cut pieces to the department periodically.

170
SECTION - 12
MISCELLANEOUS
DEWATERING ARRANGEMENT FOR FOUNDATION:
1: SCOPE
The item shall include all dewatering work required in a manner herein after
specified.
1.2: DESIGN ETC
The contractor shall arrange sufficient number of water pumps (of sufficient horse
power) for dewatering within reasonable period.
1.3 CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHENEVER REQUIRED
1.3.1: The area under all works pertaining to the structure and appurtenance and
the adjoining areas as necessary shall be maintained free from water. The area shall
also be maintained free from water after any part of the work is completed, for
inspection, safety, and installation by Government or for any other reasons
determined as necessary by the engineer-in-charge. The contract shall pump all
water from the site of the works and shall keep the foundation free of water, while
excavating, concreting and placing masonry and continue to keep the work, free of
water for period as may be required for proper setting or mortars or concrete etc., or
otherwise required for completion of works.
1.3.2 The contractor shall not be entitled to any claims or damages on account of
or by reason of any amount of water leaking through, under or around the coffer
dams, diversion or protective works or overtopping of the diversion works, or from
the construction sluice.
The river will be diverted through the portion of masonry spillway or by

suitable diversion in order to enable earth-work of the dam to progress, ahead of the
masonry dam. Any percolation caused due to this shall be covered by the rate for
item concerned.
The contractor shall provide and maintain temporary bulk heads to protect
galleria shafts and other openings in the structures from possible flooding from any
reason whatsoever.

171
1.4: REPAIRS AND REMOVAL OF DIVERSION CHANNEL, COFFER

DAM ETC.
After having served their purpose the temporary bulk heads shall be
removed to the extent directed by the engineer-in-charge from time to time.
The diversion channel, coffer dams, etc. are likely to be damaged due to
floods or any other reason. If they are so damaged they shall be done without extra
cost to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. Such removal or repair work shall
be done in such manner as not to damage any permanent works.
1.5: CLOSURE OF DIVERSION WORKS ETC.
The method of closure of diversion channel, shall be subject to the approval

of the engineer-in-charge and at no extra cost.
1.6: DAMAGE DUE TO FLOOD
If any foundation parts are filled due to floods or flow, during the progress
of work or during rainy season, or due to any other cause, all pumping required to
dewater the pit and desalting shall be done without any extra cost. If for any
reasons of planning of excavation, the foundation pits get filled they shall be
dewatered and desalting under the scope of this item.
1.7:REMOVALOF COFFER DAMS AND CLOSING OF DIVERSION CUTS

ETC.
1.7.1: All coffer dams and other protective works constructed for facility of
dewatering shall be removed after they have served their purpose in a manner and
to the extent directed by the engineer-in-charge from time to time. All the diversion
works or diversion cuts shall be closed in a likewise manner. The coffer dams on
the up-stream may however, be allowed to be submerged at the discretion of the
engineer-in-charge. If however, such submergence in the opinion of the engineer-
in-charge is likely to be detrimental to the structure or a part of it the upstream
cofferdam shall be removed in a manner and to the extent directed by the engineer-
in-charge. All the timber and other materials which will float in water shall be
carefully removed away from the location of outlets of sluices so that they shall not
find way in the outlet conduit gate, trash racks, etc., on flooding of the upstream.
1.7.2 :The down-stream coffer dam shall be removed in such a manner as not to
interfere with the satisfactory working of the energy dissipation arrangements
outlets, canal, etc.

172
1.8: NO CLAIM IF PONDING IS DONE
Ponding shall be done by the department upstream of the masonry dam at

intermediate stages and water diverted from the lake into the river for irrigation
purposes. The contractor shall have no claim on account of any additional
dewatering and diversion of flow required to be done because of such ponding and
such additional dewater in and diversion of flow stands included in item concerned.
The contractor shall not be entitled to any claims on account of interference with
and interruption caused to many temporary roads, quarries or temporary camp,
submerged or inaccessible by such ponding.
CARRYING OUT WATER IN TAKE TESTS AT EVERY 1.5 METER

EQUIPMENTS
1. Wagon drill boring machine with reciprocating pump
2. Water meter for Water loss calibrated in liters.
3. Pressure meter for recording water pressure under which the tests is carried out.
4. By pass controlling valves for controlling water pressure.
5 .Rubber packers for preventing leakage at top and bottom of section to be tested.
6. Perforated pipe 1.5 meters length inner and outer for delivering water test
section in all direction.
7. other necessary equipments such as pipe length chain spanners pipe connecting
sockets etc.
8. Stop watch for recording time.
9. other equipment as may be required for the test.
10. Any damage to equipments machinery and for accessories thereof during the
work and for shall not be compensated by the department.
The Item shall include testing of the test hole under specified pressure and
recording the water intake of the hole to asses the success of grouting operation
carried out.The record shall be submitted by the contractor in the form prescribe by
the Engineer-in-charge immediately after the testing is over.
The contractor shall furnish the necessary equipment and shall carry out water
intake test as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The equipment shall be such so as
to unable pressurised water tests to be carried out in stage instilled to indicate
pressure and water leakage from the holes. The equipment shall be capable of
maintaining constant pressure in the hole up to 14Kg/cm2
The water to be pumped should be clear and free from all sediments.
METHOD
1.At every 3.0 meter distance a test hole shall be drilled when grouting of the holes
is completed for 6 meters length on either side of the test hole.The depth of the
holes shall be the same as grout holes in the vicinity or as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge.After drilling the hole,the packer test shall be carried out as described,in
para II &III here in-after.
2. The test shall be carried out from bottom to top of hole is stage of1.5 meter
with packet at top and bottom.
3. The test shall be conducted for press in slab of 1.5Kg/cm2 and process repeated
for every slab minimum three reading.

173
4. The reading should be watched till the intake is found to the constant for at
least two minites or as per instruction of the Engineer-in-charge.
PROCEDURE
Packer test should start from bottom1.5 meter pocket of hole with only one packer
at top perforated pipe 1.5 meter length should fised and pipe inserted in the hole
and water intake test carried out as described above.The subsequent 1.5meter
pocket tested with double packer one at bottom and other top of the pocket
length.Pressure applied and water loss in particular time (20 minitues)shall be noted
for each pressure of 1.5Kg/cm2 slab from 0 to10Kg/cm2 and preserved as directed
by Engineer-in-charge.The reading shall be recorded in tabular for prescribed.
After completion of pressure testing of the hole same shall be grouted with 3.0
meter pocket from bottom to top.
The test shall be carried out as per IS 5529(ParaII)1985
MODE OF MEASURMENT
Payment for the Item of water intake test shall be on basis of number of tests,
treating all the testing work involved for each section about 1.5 meter depth as one
unit. The operation of drilling and grouting shall be measured and paid for under
respective items as in the case of ordinary grout holes.
1.9 MODE OF PAYMENT:-
If the contractor is required to do dewatering numbers of times during the
period of his contract the cost of such provision shall be deemed to have been
included in the lumpsum quoted by the contractor for his item.
25% of the amount quoted as lumpsum for the item of dewatering would be
realized after masonary for entire length of the dam has been raised at least 3
meters above the original ground level.
Further 25% of the amount of lump sum quoted for the item of dewatering and
diversation of river will be released after masonry for entire length of the dam has
been raised atleast 3 meter above the original ground level.
Further 25% of the lumpsum quoted for the item of dewatering will be
realesed after complasation of work of stilling basis including guide walls and end
sill walls to final levels.
Remaining 25% of the amount of lump sum quoted for the item of dewatering
will be released when the work is completed in all respects in accordance with the
tender drawing and contractor documents.
The payments for dewatering will be made on B.H.P.hours basis for which
the log book of pumps will be maintained by the department on which the
contractor put his total signature.
2.1CARRYING WATER INTAKE TEST
2.1.1 SCOPE
The work covered under this item shall consists of furnishing all
equipments,material and labour for carrying out water intake test and performining
all the function necessary for the same,including recording of test date in the proper
form,as directed etc.by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.1.2 SPECIFICATION :-
The test shall be carried out as in IS5529(Part II) 1973

174
2.1.3 MODE OF MEASURMENT:-

The measurements shall be on the basis of No.of tests carried out in holes,as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge,or his authorized representative.
2.1.4 PAYMENT:-
Payment shall be on the basis of No.of test carried out as directed and as per
the rate in schedule “B”
3.1 WEEP HOLES:-
3.1.1 SCOPE OF WORK:-

The work covered by the item shall consist of furnishing all equipment, material
and labour for providing weep holes in wing walls as shown in the drawing or as
and where directed including providing and laying then graded filter material and
performing all the function necessary and ancillary there to,
3.1.2 GENERAL:-
Weep holes of suitable sizes shall be provided in the wall as and where directed
through the full width of masonary and shall form opening ofn11mm.dia A.C.pipes
.The opening shall approximately at 1in 30 slopes and care shall be taken no ensure
that the opening not get chocked up with mortar or stones or any rubbish during
construction.The side of weep holes shall be formed as uniform as possible,by
using flat stones filter in order around the holes.The holes shall have the bedding of
graded material laid as a revers filter in order to obviate carrying away of the fill
material by the seeping water.
3.1.3MEASURMENT OF PAYMENT:-
The contract rate shallo be per meter.All work shall be measured net in
meter.Nodeduction will be made for the holes in calculating the volume of
masonary for payment nor any extra payment be made for providing and layaing
the graded filter material as stated herein before.
4.1PROVIDING AND APPLYING CEMENT PLASTER:-
4.1.1SCOPE OF WORK:-
The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipments,material
and labour for providing cement plaster for covering faces U.C.R. masonary and
performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto including scaffolding
curing.
4.1.2 GENERAL:-
All joints shall be racked out to a depth of atlist 2cms.or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.The surface to be plastered shall be cleaned and scrubbed with
fresh water And kept wet for six hours prior to Mastering. On rough surface of wall
a preliminary coat must be given to fill up the hollows prior to laying of
coat.Patches of plaster 16cms X15cms.Should be put on about 1.5meter apart as
gauges to ensure even plastering in one place.Cement plastering must be done in
square or strips as directed.plastering shall be done forms top downward.The
cement mortar that falls on the ground while applying plaster shall not be used.

175
4.1.3.COATS:
The plaster shall be laid in two coats.First coat shall consist of ------parts of clean
hard sand.The thickness of the first coat shall be just sufficient to fill up all
unevenness in the surface under treatment.The second coat shall consist of 1 part of
fine sand and2 part of fine sand.The first coat shall be dashed on to the prepared
surface with a trowel to even up the inequalities.But the surface shall not be
smoothened.The second coat shall be applied while the first coat is still soft.
4.1.4 MISING
Cement and sand shall be missed dry in the proportion specified and water shall be
added to form an easily workable paste.In no case shall be mortar which has been
allowed to stand for more than half an hour after mixing to be used.
4.1.5 CURING
All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for atleast a week.
4.1.6 MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT:-
The contract rate shall be per square meter of plastering of specified thickness.All
work shall be measured net in square meters.
5.1 DRAINAGE PIPE :
5.1.1 POROUS DRAIN SHAFT :
The item includes providing and fixing in position precast concrete blocks in
cement mortar 1:4 proportion with formed hole of 100 mm.. Diameter for drainage
shaft with all leads rand lifts etc. complete as per specifications.
5.1.2 : The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment,
material and labour for the manufacture, transport, placing and curing for 20 cm.
Diameter porous concrete pipe blocks transport and erection of the pipe elements
and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto including finishing
the pipes as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.1.3 GENERAL :
The diameter specified is the internal diameter of a cement concrete block of
which the size will be 60 cm. x 60 cm.
5.1.4 The length of each shall be as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge :
5.1.5:- PROPORTION AND PRECASTING :
The pipes shall be cast in porous concrete of proportion 1:4 (cement :
aggregate) the porosity and permeability of the pipes shall be as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The pipe shall be subject to approval prior to insTallation. The
maximum, size of well graded aggregate to be used will be 20 mm.
5.1.6 :-CARE TO BE TAKEN TO AVOID CLOGGING OF PIPES ETC :
Care shall be taken to avoid clogging of the pipes during progress of
work. Should any pipes became clogged or obstructed from any cause before final
acceptances of the work, it shall be cleaned out in a manner approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. No. porous which has been damaged shall be used In the work.

176
5.1.7:- MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

Mode of measurement shall be on running meter basis. The rate includes its
cost and fixing with necessary connections for the completed item of work.
6.1 PROVIDING AND FIXING COPPER STRIP JOINT(SINGLE STRIP)
WHEN EVER REQUIRED AS PER SPECIFICATION WITH ALL LEADS
AND LIFTS.
6.1.1 The work covered by this item shall consists finishing all the,material labour
for providing welding or brazing, transporting and placing of copper plates at the
construction joints applying plastic compound and performing all the function
necessary and ancillary thereto including finishing to the required shape and size as
directed by the engineer-in-charge.Copper water stops be provided at the
construction joints for over flow portion. provision of an asphalt well in between
two copper waterstops. On upstream at construction joints as shown on the drawing
stands included in the scope of this item .Water stops of annelid copper 18-
SWG(1.219m.m.)and 60cm.total with and shaped and punched as required shall be
installed in the joints between the monoliths, Each copper water stop shall be firmly
fixed grouted in the foundation rock to a depth of 30cm.and shall be brought up to
top forming a continuous diaphragm in the joint up to top of dam in case of non
overflow section. In case overflow section the upstream water stop shall project by
about1.5m.are turned over the down stream water stop and welded to the same as
showing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Holes as specified shall be punched in the arms of these copper strips.
Copper strips in available length say about 1.50m shall be barbed or welded
to each other to form continuous strip into the whole height. The overlap at the
joints should not less then 40mm.
Adequate provision shall be made to support and protect the metal stops
during the progress of the work the contractor shall replace or repair any metal stop
which are damaged before final acceptance of the works.The plastic compound
shall be filled in the grover properly.
6.1.2 QUALITY OF MATERIAL:
i) COPPER PLATES :-
Plates shall be malleable copper which can be formed in to the required
shape without cracking.
ii)PLASTIC COMPOUND:-
The plastic compound shall consist of Asphalt dispersed in water by means
of mineral emulsifying agent.
iii)WELDING RODS.:-
Welding rods shall be of a type and make approved by the Engineer-in-charge
6.1.3 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT:-
Copper water stop shall be measured and paid for the length as laid on
running meter basis. Overlap shall not be measured separately. The material and
labor in overlap length is deemed to be included in the unit rate for the item. The
tender rate includes the cost of copper plate .anchor bars to be welded to copper
plate and providing an asphalt will between two water stop at the construction
joints. The rate for the item also includes, The cost of operations of brazing,

177
welding, punching holes and the likewise.

The concrete masonry and dowel bars between masonry and concrete shall
be measured and paid separately under the respective items.
In case copper plate of gauge other than above specified has to be used or if
the plate has to changed during execution for any reason what so ever the tendered
unit rate shall be increased or decreased at the rate of Rs.40perKg.for the variation
in weight of copper going in to the work as determined by the Engineer-in-
charge.While calculating the weight of copper water stop for payment the density
of copper shall be taken as 8242Kg.per cum. No deduction shall be made for holes
required to be punched or drilled in the plate for anchorage.
7.1 PROVIDING AND FIXING P.V.C. WATER STOPS.
7.1.1 P.V.C.Water stops at each construction joints are to be provided
circumstantially. The size of P.V.C.water stops shall be---------mm.or of any other
suitable size to be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.Payment shall be made
as per the unit rate accepted in Schedule ‘B’
8.1 PROVIDING AND LAYING WATER DRAINS GUTTER BLOCKS.
8.1.1 SCOPE OF WORK :-
The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment,
material and labour for carrying out excavation of gutter depositing the excavated
material as directed with all leads and lifts performing all the function necessary
and ancillary thereto including construction of gutter with Shahabad stones 1.5
“thick at the bottom and masonry for sides as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
8.1.2 EXCAVATION :-
The excavation of gutter shall be done as per the section given in the sketch.
The excavated material shall be disposed as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
The bottom shall be in gradient for draining water as directed.
8.1.3 MATERIALS :-
The material required for construction of gutter like Shahabad stone, slab,
rubble shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The thickness of
Shahabad stones shall be not less 3.80 cm. and width not less than 45.75 cm.
8.1.4 CONSTRUCTION :-
The Shahabad stone shall be laid on 7.5 cm. cement mortar (1:8) improper
gradient. Sides shall be constructed with masonry with 1/2 :1 slope in cement
mortar (1:6). The pointing of joints shall then be done with cement mortar (1:2)
proper curing shall be done by the contractor. After construction of gutter
contractor shall clean the4 site as per the instruction of the Engineer-in-charge.
8.1.5 LEAD AND LIFT :-
The item including all lifts and leads for disposing excavated material and
for material required for construction.
8.1.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :-
The contract rate shall be for unit of one meter of gutter. The measurement
shall be for the length measured along the centre line at the bottom of gutter.
9.1 NEOPRENT PAD BEARINGS :-
9.1.1 SCOPE OF WORK :-

178
The work covered by the item shall consist of furnishing all equipment,
material and labour and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto
including finishing etc. as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9.1.2 The neoprene bearing pads shall be made of the compound known as
neoprene with the physical properties as per A.S..T.M. standard. The contractor,
Supplied shall give the certificate for the above properties.
9.1.3 No bearing with any visible defect like warp,twest, etc. shall be accepted.
The Positive tolerance on any of the plan dimension shall not exceed 2 mm. Other
tolerances as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9.1.4 Restrained steel plates shall be M.S. Conforming I.S. Specification No.225
(latest Edt.) The bond where required between the neoprene and steel shall be with
epoxy resin. The exposed faces/ edges of oplates shall be invariably covered with
an anticorrosive paint of good quality.
9.1.5 The tolerances in the steel plate as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Cost
of testing shall be borne by the contractor/supplier with necessary report about
satisfaction.
9.1.6 The specimen shall satisfy the following texts (i) compression (ii) shear,
bound elongation at break (iii) Resistance to 0 zon.
9.1.7 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENTS :-

Contract rate shall be for one bearing fixed in position as mentioned herein
before The measurement shall be for the number of bearing fixed in position.
2.1: PROVIDING EARTH BACK FILL
2.1.1: EARTH BACK FILL
Earth back fill is define as the embankment constructed in the vicinity of

concrete or masonry structures by utilization of the suitable excavated material
either directly of by re-handling or from quarried borrow material without extra
cost, whenever the excavated materials fails to satisfy the specification
requirements.
2.1.2 : The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding the suitability of

materials for earth back fill shall be final and binding upon the contractor.
The characteristic of back fill shall be in general conformity with the zoning
of the dam and satisfy the necessary filter criteria.
2.1.3: CONTROL COMPACTION

179
Control of placement shall be based on the, proctor test of soil compaction

with modification approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Optimum moisture content
shall be predetermined in the laboratory. Dry and wet densities, shall be controlled
by filed tests to assess the degree of compaction. The dry density shall in no case be
below 95% of the standard proctor density.
2.1.4 : MOISTURE CONTENT
Moisture content shall be controlled by necessary operations such as

sprinkling, mixing and pending in borrow area drying by exposure, so as to attain
the optimum moisture content uniformly through out the layer. The moisture
content shall be within 2% (two percent) of the optimum moisture content as
determine in the laboratory. If the filed moisture content is beyond the range of
moisture content prescribed, the rolling operation and adding of further layers shall
be deferred till the prescribed moisture content is obtained.
2.1.5 : METHOD OF COMPACTION AND PLACEMENT
The materials shall be placed in continuous horizontal layers of not more

than 15 cm. in thickness and shall be compacted as specified below. The laying and
compactions hall be or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Rolling shall be done by tamping rollers when each layer of material has
been suitably conditioned. In parts of the structures in accessible to rolling
equipment the compaction shall be done by mechanical tamping equipment
approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The compaction standard specified in para 5.3
shall be satisfied irrespective of the equipment used.
2.1.6 : MEASUREMENTS
The measurements shall be on the basis of cubical contents of the compacted

fill. The rates shall include all necessary lifts and leads.
2.1.7 : BACKFILL WITH RANDOM SOIL
This item covers all excavated or quarried material suitable for backfill
which shall be placed as per paragraph above.
2.1.8: BACKFILL OF IMPREVIOUS MATERIALS
The impervious material should have sufficiently low coefficient of

permeability and at the same time desired dry density and shear strength measured
in the laboratory selected materiel shall be quarried as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The backfill shall be placed as per paragraph above and paid as per
paragraph above.
3.1 ROUGH DRESSED STONE COPING:-

180
3.2 SIZE OF STONE:-

The stone shall be of approved quality, uniform color, hard in texture and free from
defects of anu kind. They shall be of the size specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.3 DRESSING
The stone shall be dressed time to time and template ar as shown on working
drawing The exposed face shall be rough dressed.The edges shall have a chisel
draft 25mm.
3.4 JOINTS
The coping stones shall be in as long stones as are Obtainable.The minium length
of coping stone shall be 45cm.to60cm.wide and23cm.Thick the thickness of joints
shall be 12
3.5 MORTOR
The effort shall be made to see that proper quantity used of mortar us in the coping
The mortar quantity shall be 20%of the coping quantity.
3.6 MEASURMENTS AND PAYMENTS:-
The rough dressed stone coping shall be measured in running meter and paid for as
per a dual and dimension and at the specified in the schedule.
4.1 PROVIDING AND FIXING AIR VENT PIPE :-
4.2 SCOPE OF ITEM :-
The item shall consists of all tools, equipments materials and labour
transportation etc. required for providing, laying and jointing 150 mm. diameter
G.I.pipe B-class for air vent between service gate and emergency gate of head
Regulator including all operation within the indent and purpose of items.
4.3 MATERIALS :-
150 mm.Diameter galvanized iron pipe B-class of required length as indicated
on the drawings and as where directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.4 CONSTRUCTION :-
The G.I.150 MM.Diameter pipe shall be cut to the length and shape indicated
on the drawings and shall be suitably fixed in the masonry or form work of
concrete symmetrically centre to centre, or at other intervals or places as directed
by the Engineer, while the masonry is being laid or concreting of the slab is taken
up. The pipe shall be suitable embedded in the masonry or concrete, while masonry
or concrete is being laid and not after laying. The inside and of the pipes shall be
neatly shaped and finished to fill in the surface of masonry or concreted without
and projection so as to provide smooth and unobstructed passage for the water to
enter.
4.5 MODE OF THE MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT :-
The rate shall be for on Rmt. Of pipe fixed, The measurement shall be overall
fitting along the center line from and to end with all leads and lifts.
5.1 PROVIDING R.C.C.HOME PIPE
5.2 SCOPE OF ITEM :-

181
The item shall consist of all tools equipments, materials ands labour,
transportation etc. required for providing, laying and joining …………. mm.
diameter R.C.C.home pipe above conduct as shown in Drawing including all
operation within the indent and purpose of item.
5.3 MATERIALS …MM.DIAMETRE R.C.C. HOME PIPE (Np2) :-
This shall be …………. mm. diameter (inner) of 2 to 3 meter in length. This
casting of home pipe reinforcement from work shall confirm to the standard
specification and shall be of durable good quality approved make.
5.4 DETAIL OF ERECTION AND FIXING :-
1) All the pipes, fitting and appliances shall be free from cracks before fixing
and shall be undamaged in all respect during and after fixing. Any damage shall
have to be rectified satisfactorily.
2) Leak Proof jointing and efficient functioning of the pipes shall be ensured.
Any extra treatment, necessary shall be carried out without any extra claims.
3) All cutting and wastage of pipes involved in fitting them shall be included
in the rate.
4) Diameter of pipe specified in the item shall be the diameter of inside bore.
5) All the pipes fixtures and all other materials to be used shall be approved
quality.
6) All the pipes shall be used in standard length of 2 to 3 m, as for as possible.
Cutlengths may need, where necessary to make the extra length. Each of the pipe
shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge, before placing in position.
7) At the joint of two pipes the collar shall be properly fixed and the
circumferential joints shall be covered with c.c.1:2 and other jointing material so as
to make it leak proof.
8) The pipes so erected shall be supported properly for its full length. It shall
be in specified line, level and slope, Indicated in drawing, or as instructed in
drawing, or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
9) Fixing and erection of the pipes as specified above, shall be got approved
before the pipe is encased with concrete or masonry as the case may be.
5.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMEN :-
The rate shall be for one Rmt. Of pipe fixed. The measurement shall be
overall for fitting along the centre line from end with all leads and lifts, including
bend portion.
6.1 PROVIDING AND FIXING G .1. PIPES RAILING :
6.1.1 GENERAL :
The item refers to the provision of mild steel angle. I or T section posts and
G.I. pipe railing as shown in the working drawings.

182
6.1.2 MATERIAL :
1) Mild Steel Angles. I or T as per the item shall be of sizes shown on
planes.
2) Anchor bolts, nuts and check nuts to be as per I.S.No.1149-1964 and of
the shape and size shown in the drawinsg or as ordered by the Engineer-
in-charge .
3) Galvanized iron pipes of the diameter as shown in the drawings with
couplings shall be of the standard type .The diameter shall be the inside
bore diameter.
4.1.3 CONSTRUCTION :
The railing shall be constructed as per the detailed drawings.
The angle iron, I or T section shall be fixed to the projecting anchor bolts
which shall be placed in accurate position at the time of concreting of the slab and
or kerb and fastened securely by means of nuts and check nuts. Three rows of G.I
pipes with coupling shall then be fixed on each side to lines , levels and curves as
directed by the Engineer and passing through the holes cut in the angle, I or T . It
should not be possible to remove the pipes easily. All ragged edges of posts shall be
smoothened by filling. The pipes & posts shall then be painted with one coat of red
lead and two coats of approved shade good oil paint.
4.1.4 ITEM TO INCLUDE :

1) Providing and fixing angles, I or T, as mentioned in the item bolts, nuts
galvanized iron pipes with coupling including painting.
2) All labour, materials, accessories, use of equipment, tools, plant,
scaffolding etc. necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily.
4.1.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :
The contract rate shall be for one meter length of the railing completed. The
railing shall be measured between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments .
15.1 PROVIDING M.S. FOOT BRIDGE :

15.1.1 SCOPE :
The item includes fabrication of bridge laying and fixing in position including
necessary materials, tools and labour required etc. complete.
15.1.2 MATERIAL :
The bridge should be made from M.S. angle as directed, as per I.S.
specification. The width of the bridge should be minimum 1 meter for easy
movement. Cross angle railing should be provided at least 1 meter in height, or as
directed. Welding should be done with approved quality welding rods.
15.1.3. GENERAL :

183
The M.S. sheet of required width should be welded properly in line with the
angles. The joints, if any. Should be properly welded or bladed with sufficient over
laps & supports be arranged at the joints. The bridge should be painted with
approved quality of anticorrosive paint.
15.1.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The measurements shall be in length of finished portion only. All pictures and
fastening are supposed to be included in the item, put to tender. The rate shall be
for per meter length of finished portion put to tender.
16.1 PROVIDING STEEL LADDER :-
16.1.1 SCOPE :
The item includes fabrication of ladder and fixing in position including
material, tools plants and labour required etc. complete.
16.1.2 MATERIAL :
The ladder should be made from M.S. Angle of size 40x40x6 mm. as per I.S.
specification Welding should be done with approved quality of weldings rod.
16.1.3 GENERAL :
The steps should be properly welded by properly fixing in holes and at equal
intervals for easy climbing. The joints in the ladder should properly be welded or
bolted with sufficient overlaps and suitable support be arranged at the joints. The
ladder should be laid inclined (as directed) for easy climbing. The ladder should be
painted with approved quality of paint including base coat as directed.
3.1: PROVIDING AND FIXING GUARD STONES
3.1.1: SCOPE
The item includes all tools, plants, labour and materials required for
preparing transporting painting of guard stone of size 2010 x 2010 x 750 mm. and
performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto.
3.1.2: MATERIALS
The stone shall be of the specified type of the stone and of the standard size
and shape. The portions of the stones exposed above the ground shall be rough
tooled as directed. The stones shall be embedded in 1:4:8 cement concrete up to 0.3
mete/ below the ground. The exposed part of the stone shall be given two coats of
white wash & if necessary suitable words and figures painted on it are as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. Any excavation necessary for fixing of the guard stone
and laying of the cement concrete bedding shall be done by the contractor at his
cost.
3.1.3: MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

184
Contract rate shall be for one guard stone fixing in position as mentioned
here in before. The measurement shall be for the number of guard stones fixed in
position.
3.1.4 : Painting to Gauge Plates: - Painting to Gauge Plates in stilling basin and
body should be as specified by the Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.5 Mode of Payment: - Mode of Payment shall be made on square meter basis.
4.1 Photograph and C.D.of all executed work as directed by Engineer-in-charge

should be taken by contractor and no extra payment will be entertained for this.

185
SECTION - 13
RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATIONS
GENERAL
1) The contractor shall acquaint himself with all applicable laws and regulation
concerning storing, handling and the use of explosives. All such laws,
regulations and rules etc., as are current from time to time shall be binding
upon the contractor.
2) The provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to the above laws,
rules and regulations etc., and are applicable except where the conflict with
the above mentioned laws etc. from time to time. Further the engineer-in-
charge may issue modifications, alterations or new instructions from time to
time. The contractor shall comply without the same being made a cause for
any claims.
MATERIALS
3) All materials explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc., that as

proposed to be used in the blasting operations, shall have the prior approval of
4) Black powder and safe explosives (as commonly current in India) shall be
used wherever possible. Explosives with Nitroglycerin shall only be under
exceptional circumstances and where the above explosives are not effective.
5) The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be
sufficiently water resistant to be unaffected when immersed in water for thirty
minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than 4
second per 2.5 cms of length with 10% tolerance on either side.
Before use, the fuse shall be inspected and the moist, damaged or broken ones
discarded. The rate of burning of all types of fuses, or when they have been in
stock for long, shall be tested before use.
6) The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the

explosives. Moist or damaged shall be discarded.
PERSONNEL
7) Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under person’s supervision of

competent and licensed and trained workmen.

186
8) All supervisors’ ad workmen in charge of making up, handling storage and

blasting work, shall be adequately insured by the contractor.
9) The storage shall be in charge of a very reliable person approved by the

engineer-in-charge, who may, if necessary, cause police enquiry being made
as to his reliability, antecedents, etc. The contractor shall have to produce a
security for the person in charge of explosives if and as required by the
engineer-in-charge or the civil authorities of the District.
10) The contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully
conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and use of
explosives. It shall be assured that the supervisor in charge is thoroughly
acquainted with all the details of the handling of the blasting operations.
STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES
11) The contractor shall build a magazine, for storing the explosives. The site of
the magazine its capacity and design shall be subjected to approval by the
engineer-in-charge and the inspector of explosives before the construction is
taken up as a rule, the explosives should be stored in a clean, dry, well
ventilated, bullet proof and fire proof building on the isolated site.
12) The explosives, detonators and fuses shall each to be separately stored.
13) A careful and day to day account of the use of explosives shall be kept by the
contractor in an approval register and in an approved manner. The register
shall be produced by the contractor for the inspection of the engineer-in-
charge when so required by the latter, the engineer-in-charge may also pay a
surprise visit to the storage magazine in case of any unaccountable storage of
the explosives or if the account is not found to have been maintained in a
manner prescribed by the engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall be liable to
be penalized with forfeiture of the security deposit lodged by him with the
government of his tender shall be cancelled in which case he shall not be
entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The action taken under this
clause shall be in addition to that which might be taken by the competent civil
authorities in a court of law.
14) The magazine shall at all times, be kept scrupulously clean.
15) No unauthorized person shall at any time, be admitted inside the magazine.
16) The magazine shall, when not in use of authorized person, be kept well and
securely locked.

187
17) The magazine shall on no account be opened during or in the approach of

thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine
during such period.
18) Magazine shoes without nail shall at all time be kept in the magazine and
wooden tub or cement tub about 30 cm high and 45 cm in diameter, filled with
water shall be fixed near the door of the magazine.
Person entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be
provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.
i. Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine
shoes on.
ii. Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean
floor.
iii. Not to allow any dirt or grits to fall on the clean floor.
19) Person with bare feet, shall before entering the magazine, dip their feet in
water and then step direct from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on the
clean floor.
20) A brush or boom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine, for clearing out
the magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt, delivery or
inspection of explosives.
21) No matches or inflammable material shall be allowed in the magazine, lights

shall be obtained from an electric storage battery lantern.
22) No person having article of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the
magazine.
23) Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they
have none of the prohibited articles on their person.
24) Oil cotton rages, waste articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be
allowed inside the magazine.
25) No tools or implements other then those of copper, brass, gunmetal or wood
shall be allowed inside the magazine. All tools shall be used with extreme
gentleness and care.
26) Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor and
shall be stacked on wooden trestles. Where there are white ants the legs of the

188
trestles should rest on shallow copper lead or brass bowls, containing water.
Open boxes of dynamite shall never be exposed to the direct rays of the sun.
27) Empty boxes of loose packing material shall not be kept inside the magazine.
28) The magazine shall have a lightening contractor which shall be got tested at
least once a year by an officer authorized by the engineer-in-charge, the
testing fee shall be charged on the contractor which will be Rs. 20/- for each
inspection. The contractor shall within 15 days comply with all the
recommendations made by the officer testing the lightening conductor failing
which, the engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to comply with the same at the
contractor’s expense which shall not be open to question or may consider any
action that he may consider fit.
29) A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorized
persons.
30) The following shall be hung in the Lobby of magazine.

a) A copy of the rules both in English and in the languages which the
workers concerned are familiar with.
b) A statement showing the up to date stock in the magazine.
c) A certificate showing the last date of testing the lightening conductor.
d) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.
31) The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer or engineer-
in-charge who will see that all the rules are strictly complied with. He will
notify all omissions etc., to the contractor, who shall rectify the defect within a
period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the suitable notice failing which,
the engineer-in-charge may take whatever action be considers fit.
USE OF EXPLOSIVES
32) For the transport of the explosives and detonators between the store and the
site closed and strong container made of soft material such as timber, zinc,
copper, leather and the like shall be used.
33) Explosives and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported
separately for the conveyance of primers special containers shall be used.
34) Boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed.
35) Explosives shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure the one,
received being used first.

189
36) A make up house shall be provided at each working place in which made up
by an experienced man as required. The make up house shall be separated
from magazine building. Only electric storage battery lamps shall be used in
this house.
37) No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house.
DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES
38) All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed of in approved manner. The

work of the deteriorated explosives to be disposed of shall be intimated to the
engineer-in-charge prior to its disposal.
PREPARATION OF PRIMERS
39) The primers shall not to be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of
preparation of primers shall always he entrusted to same persons. Primers
shall be used as soon possible after they are ready.
CHARGING OF HOLES
40) The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the
site is completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by
actual inspection.
41) While charging open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered
explosives naked flames shall not be allowed.
42) Only wooden tamping rods, without any kind of metal on them shall be
allowed to be used.
43) Bore holes must be of such size that the cartridges can easily pass down them.
44) Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed home with
the tamping rod. The sand, clay or other tamping material used for filling the
hole completely shall not be tamped too hard.
BLASTING
45) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which shall have
the approval of the engineer-in-charge. The Blasting hours once fixed shall
not be altered without prior written approval of the engineer-in-charge.
46) The site of blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger
flags. The order of fire shall be given only by the supervisor in charge of the

190
work and this order shall be given only after giving the warning to leave their
work immediately at the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter and
not leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.
47) A bugle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signals. The
bugle shall not be used for any other purpose. All the labour shall be made
acquainted with the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave
their work immediately at the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter
and not leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.
48) All the roads and foot paths leading to the blasting area shall be watched.
49) In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken. The engineer-in-
charge may however, permit blasting for underground excavation without
restriction of fixed time provided that he is satisfied that proper precautions
are taken to give sufficient warning to all concerned and that the work of other
agencies on the site is not unduly hampered.
50) For lighting the fuses, a lamp with a strong flames such as carbide lamp shall
be used.
51) The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses and shall see
that all the workmen are under safe shelters in good time.
ELECTRICAL FIRING
52) Only the supervisor-in-charge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and he
shall keep it always with himself.
53) Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current of the blasting

operations. Power line not to be tapped for the purpose.
54) All the detonators shall be checked before use.
55) For blasts in one series detonators of the same manufacture and of the same
group of electrical resistance shall be used.
56) Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging
shall be removed from the site.
57) The firing cable shall have a proper insulting over so as to avoided short
circuiting due to contract with water, metallic part of rock.
58) The use of the earth as return line shall not be permitted.

191
59) The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only after
ascertaining that nobody is in the area of blasting.
60) Before firing the circuit shall be checked by a suitable apparatus.
61) After firing whether with or without an actual blast the contact between firing
cable and the source of current shall be cut off before any persons are allowed
to leave the shelters.
62) During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended. The
charges already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible
after taking all safety precautions and giving necessary warning signals. If this
is not possible the sight shall be abandoned till the storm has passed.
PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLAST AND MIS-FIRES
63) If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed, sufficient
time shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone. When fuses
and blasting caps are used a safe time should be allowed and then the
supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to see the misfire.
64) Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the
two following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.
i) The Supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or compressed
air (using a pipe of soft material) withdraws the fuse with the primer and
detonator attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be
placed in this hole and fire.
ii) The Supervisor shall get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate
the direction by placing stick in the hole. Another hole may then be
drilled at 230 mm away and parallel to this hole, should then be charged
and fired. The balance of the cartridges and detonators found in the rock
be removed.
65) Before leaving his work, the supervisor should inform the supervisor of the
relieving shift of any action of misfire and shall point out the position with a
red cross denoting the same and also state what step, if any he has taken in the
matter.
66) The supervisor shall at once report to the office all cases of misfire, the cause
of the misfire, the steps taken in connection therewith.
67) The name of the supervisor in charge of day or night shift maybe noted daily
in the contractor’s office.

192
68) If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite the
whole quantity of box from which the defective article was taken must be
returned to the authority as may be directed by the engineer-in-charge for
inspection to ascertain whether the whole box contains defective material.
69) Redrilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or partly shall not be
permitted.
70) Precautions after blasting:- After the blast, the supervisor shall carefully
inspect the work and satisfy himself that all the charges have exploded.
71) After the blast has taken place in underground works, the workmen shall not
be allowed to face till all the toxic gases are evacuated from the face.

193
SECTION - 14
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE BROUGHT
BY THE CONTRACTOR
All the material, such as cement, steel, etc., brought by the contractor for the work
shall be reported to the engineer-in-charge only, furnishing the necessary test report
from laboratory / factory.
Cement shall be of 53 grade from L & T / Manikgarh / ACC only confirming to IS

8112 of 1989 and the concrete strength to confirm as per IS 456 of 1978.
The steel supplied by the contractor shall be entirely HYSD bars and confirm to IS
432 (part One) of 1966, and 1139 of 1966 and IS 1786 of 1976 amended from time
to time.
Required quantity of explosives shall be brought by the contractor from the

government authorised department. Documents of such purchases shall be
furnished to the engineer-in-charge only. Secured magazine to be kept on work-site
for all blasting operations.
The structural steel to confirm IS2002

3.7 Cost of R-Communication includes construction of new approach road and
maintained of new and existing approach road up tp completion of project.
3.8 The member of construction committee shall be offered full access to the site at
all times to monitor the progress of the work and the quality control activities and
concerns expressed by the construction committee to the site engineer (either
verbally or in writing) shall be investigated immediately by the site engineer and he
shall take the appropriate action.

194
SECTION - 15
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PRODUCT FEATURE
1.The product must be manufacture by smc(Sheet molding compound process)

2.Product shouldretains its mechanical strength without ageing.
3.Shape should be such that ,It should engineered Additional reinforcement to
withstand against the desired water load .(4.5Ton per Mtr.)
4.It should be designed such way that it should have optimum wt.easy for handiling
and fixing.
5.Resistance to acidic and alkaline chemical contamination in water ,also to any
organic solvents in water.
6.High part stiffness and dimensional stability and accuracy.
7.Screws/Eyebolts /metal inserts should be molded in smc process to form an
integral part or sub assembly.
8. Life cycle and replacement period should be mini mum 15 years.
9. Fire proof and fire prevention ingredients should be used in smc process.
10. Superior water dampening and leak proof design with proper interlocking
system/ joints.
11. Good surface finishes with desired pigmented color.
12. Appropriate water base sealent for joining/sealing and appropriate material
should be used which can be removed manually.
13. Properly designed compressible rubber gasket to be used for water tightness
and leakage prevention.
14. Proper storing fixture to be designed.
15. The concerned contractor will be responsible for the fabrication, erection and
successful operation of SMC FRP needles for K.T.Weirs. The welding & SMP FRP
quality should be excellent. All necessary tests should be conducted.
16. The square tube of size 25x25 mm with 1.6 mm thickness should be welded at
per drawing with center to center tube distance of 250 mm.
17. Upstream FRP should have a thickness not less than 5 mm.

195
18. Downstream FRP should have a thickness not less than 3 mm.
19. The filler material should be of good quality and should be filled in all parts of
the needles
20. Eye bolts should be provided on opposite side of needle and welded to the steel
frame for lowering & removing the needles.
21. All batches of the FRP needles should be tested from government approved
laboratory and have following minimum values.
A Tensile Strength 1600 Kg/ Cm2

B Compressive Strength 1850 Kg/ Cm2
C Cross breaking Strength 1945 Kg/ Cm2
D Izod impact Strength 1.65 Kg-m
E Specific Gravity 1.6
F % Glass content Not Less than 30%
G Water Absorption 0.5% Maximum

196
END OF
TENDER BOOKLET

07 Sawargaon

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

07 Sawargaon

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1

TENDER PAPERS FOR

Name of Division:- Minor Irrigation,Zilla Parishad,Yavatmal

Name of Work : SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK

Agreement No. B-1---------- 20 20

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

NAME OF WORK :- SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK SPECIAL

Contents Page Number

11 APPENDIX “G” Bank Guarantee 50 52

15 Index to General Specification 93 93

B-l FORM (Percentage Rates)

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

TENDER PAPERS FOR

1) NAME OF CONTRACTOR :Shri / M/s. :-------------------------------------------------------------

2) LAST DATE SUBMISSION OF ON LINE TENDER : /2016 upto 17.00 hrs.

3) DATE OF OPENING OF ON LINE TENDER : /2016 @ 11.00 hrs. (If possible)

4) COST OF TENDER FORM : Rs.

5) AMOUNT OF CONTRACT : Rs./-

7) DATE OF WORK ORDER : / / 201

8) DATE OF COMPLETION () Month from the date of

9) EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT, IF ANY : -------------------------------------------------------

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

NAME OF WORK SAWARGAON GORE VILLAGE TANK

cost put to tender Rs.

CONTENTS OF FORM From To

Form B-1 Sheet _______________ ____________

Schedule ‘B’ Sheet _______________ ________________

General Specifications Sheet _______________ ________________

Drawings Nos. ________________ ________________

Above To be filled by the contractor

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

1. Tender Cost (Approximately) Rs. 1350266/-

3. Security Deposit 2% Rs. 2%

4. Time Limit (06 ) sr. month

5. Date of online issue of (00.00 hrs) to

6. Date of online receipt of ------- (up to 17.00 hrs.)

7. Date of online issue of Blank 05/10/2018 (11.00hrs.)to20/10/2018 (17.00hrs)

8. Date of online recieved of

1.3 The date of Pre-Tender conference will be held on dt. (3.00hr).at

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

1.4 न वदा सूचना ह करारना याचा एक भाग अस यामुळे यातील अट व शथ!

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

B) The interested contractor should have an experience of successful execution of similar

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

2. INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTES FOR THE GUIDENCE OF TENDERERS

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

Preference will be given to those contractors who have previous experience of

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) Document: Submitted As per Mention

5. Income Tax return Acknowdgement slip14.15or15.16from Income Tax

b) COMMERCIAL ENVELOPE (T-2) – TENDER

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) :

COMMERCIAL ENVELOPE (T-2) :(FININCIAL BID)

The tenders will be opened on .2016 at 11.00 hrs. if possible in presence of

10. THE TENDER WILL BE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED OUTRIGHT IF

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

11. EARNEST MONEY / SECURITY DEPOSIT :

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

Signature of Contractor No.of correction Executive Engineer

Form B-1 Sheet ___

Schedule ‘B’ Sheet _ __

General Specifications Sheet _ __

Drawings Nos.